q9#* study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in...

305
AD-A O444 7 S" LgR SIRW INC hRAN RAPIDS RICH IN CULMN W DIV P'S q9#* F&ASIBILITI STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY CONTROL (FNo-EC(UI NOW 79 s L COrNSSY. L ADO:. J R RING. Pna6b-77-c-shu. w4CLASIFIED 10-SaR-0679 APOL-?-79-=S ML * ii" * I .11111 Ilmmm ME E

Upload: others

Post on 14-Feb-2020

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

AD-A O444 7 S" LgR SIRW INC hRAN RAPIDS RICH IN CULMN W DIV P'S q9#*F&ASIBILITI STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY CONTROL (FNo-EC(UINOW 79 s L COrNSSY. L ADO:. J R RING. Pna6b-77-c-shu.

w4CLASIFIED 10-SaR-0679 APOL-?-79-=S ML

* ii"* I .11111Ilmmm ME E

Page 2: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

AFFDL-TR-79-312 3

FEASIBILITY STUDY0- FORt.,t INTEGRATED FLIGHT TRAJECTORY CONTROL00 (FIGHTER)

- INSTR UMENT DIVISIONLEAR SIEGLER. INC.GRAND RAPIDS, MICIIIGAN " ,

NOVEMBER 1979

TECHNICAL REPORT AFFDL-TR-79-3123Final Report for Period June 1977 - June 1979

"€) lrMved for public release: distribution unlmited

LA-

AIR FORCE FLIGHT DYNAMICS LABORATORYAIR FORCE WRIGHT AERONAUTICAL LABORATORIESAIR FORCE SYSTEMS COMMANDWRIGHT-PATTERSON AIR FORCE BASE, OHIO 4543380 5 19 204

I - - - . - - --

Page 3: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

NOTICE

When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used for any pur-pose other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurementoperation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor anyobligation whatsoever; and the fact that the government may have formulated,furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or otherdata, is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as in any manner licen-sing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights orpermission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in anyway be related thereto.

This report has been reviewed by the Information Office (01) and is releasableto the National Technical Information Service (NTIS). At NTIS, it will be avail-able to the general public, including foreign nations.

This technical report has been reviewed and is approved for publication.

WILLIAM L. OUN , Jr EVARD H. FLINN, ChiefProject Engineer Control Systems Development BranchControl Systems Development Branch Flight Control DivisionFlight Control Division

FOR THE COMMANDER

MtRRIS A. 0STGAARr/ -

Acting ChiefFlight Control Division

"If your address has changed, if you wish to be removed from our mailing list,or if the addressee is no longer employed by your organization please notifyA/Fa _,W-PAFB, O8 45433 to help us maintain a current mailing list".

Copies of this report should not be returned unless return is required by se-curity considerations, contractual obligations, or notice on a NpechfIc document.AIR FORCE/$65I0/31 January i980 - 100

+, ilI

Page 4: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

SECURITY CLASS'FICATION OF TNI &O4SE 111., sl.,a Entered)

READ INSTRUCTION4SEORREPORT DOCUMENTATION PAGE IFORM

1. REPORT Nu 9E* - 12 GOVT ACCESSION NO. 3 PECI"rWT's CATALOG NLJBIERI') AtD-DTR-79"3I,2,3,-- 111h'A ; " 'l!4. TITLE (ad Subtil.) S TS FE )F REPcRT & PERIOD CC' VERED

Feasibility Study for Integrated Flight Final Report for periodTrajectory Control (Fighter) , June 1977 - June 1979

7- AUTHOR(.J a_ 19 ,ID_,O 2R_0 6 79 / NME

Gregory L./Comegys Leroy/Addis .Jeffrey R./Ring Ronald Van Wieren I F33615-77-C-3025 '4.

9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION N71E AND ADDRESS 17 PPoGRAM ELEMENT PROJECT. TASK

Instrument Division AREA A WORK UNIT NUMBERS

Lear Siegler, Inc. ' "Grand Rapids, MI 49508/ " .-

,,. CONTROLLING OFFICE NAME AND ADDRESS --. REPORT DATEAir Force Flight Dynamics Laboratory I Novi V9Air Force Systems Command 1 MU"O,% 7 01'sWright-Patterson AFB, Ohio 45433 298

14. MONITORING AGENCY NAME & ADDRESS(1f dlfleret from Conrolling Office) 1S, SECURITY CLASS. (of thi. r.pot)

/~ ~ U *% -tuu 'l~ UNCLASSIFIED

IS.. DECLASSI FICATION DOWNGRADINGSCHEDULE

16. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT (of thi Report)

Approved for public release, distribution unlimited.

17. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT (of the *b.troct entered In Block 20, It different fro. Rpo.rt)

1. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES

19. KEY WORDS (Continue on reverie aid* if nece..aowy wid identify by block ntamber)Flight Trajectory C.ntrol Control Law DevelopmentProfile Synthesis Tactical Situation DisplayFour-Dimensional Navigation Vertical Situation DisplayPilot Testing Data-linkMission Redirect Interactive Control Displays

1, ABSTRACT (Conlinue on rvwe .ide If nelo*my and Identify by block number)

-"The proliferation of increasingly sophisticated enemy military forces in thepast decade, and the ability to quickly apply those forces anywhere in theworld, has stressed the importance of a demonstrated deterrent capability.This capability should combine rapid reaction with the ability to apply theappropriate force at the appropriate place. Strategic and tactical power,global mobility and precise, well-ordered strike capability are necessaryparts of the required capability. -, continued)

DD o 1473 EDITION O I NOV65 IS OBSOLETE

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE (When Dal Entered)

•A&

Page 5: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

, ,, Z AS ;FICATION OF THIS PAGE(Whon Dots Entered)

20. Abstract (continued)

Communication and accurate time-space coordination will be required capabilities.The ability to strike at night and in adverse weather and to successfullyredirect to a higher priority target, all in a well-coordinated manner, willhelp to offset the superiority of enemy aircraft numbers.

The Integrated Flight Trajectory Control (IFTC) program has been conceinedwith solving these problems. The solution involves the development of a systemwhich adds flight management capabilities through the use of digital computersto integrate guidance and control with control and display, navigation, weapondelivery, data-link systems and other on-board sensors.

On-board, realtime trajectory generation was developed as a vital part of thetotal solution. This trajectory, generator operates in four dimensions, X, Y,

and time, with time being specified as critical times-of-arrival at key mis-sion points.

IThe trajectory generator responds automatically to pilot inputs, data-link'inputs or computer-generated stimuli such as would occur when it was detected!that the nominal flight profile violates a SAM kill envelope.

Followinp system development, the concept was demonstrated by realtime, man-in-the-loop simulation in the LSI Hybrid Computing Facility.

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE(When Dots Entered)

Page 6: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

FOREWORD

The research reported herein was accomplished forthe United States Air Force by Lear Siegler, Inc.,Instrument Division, under Contract F33615-77-C-3025,Work Unit 24030229. The Air Force Flight DynamicsLaboratory, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, sponsoredthe program.

Mr. William L. Young of AFFDL/FGL was the Air ForceProject Engineer and Mr. Greg Comegys was the PrincipalInvestigator for Lear Siegler, Inc. The research anddemonstration was performed during the period from

February 1977 to November 1979.

ti -J

iii

Page 7: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Page No.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS iv

1 INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY 1-1

1.1 Introduction 1-11.2 IFTC Program History 1-51.3 Summary 1-61.4 Recommendations for Future Work 1-15

2 THE INTEGRATED FLIGHT TRAJECTORY CONTROL 2-1CONCEPT

2.1 System Description 2-12.2 Operational Capability 2-4

3 DEMONSTRATION SCENARIO 3-1

3.1 Mission Planning 3-13.2 Unplanned Deviations 3-23.2.1 Weather Diversion 3-23,2.2 Hostile Aircraft 3-73.3 Weapon Delivery 3-113.4 Mission Redirect 3-163.5 Coordinated Weapon Delivery 3-223.6 Threat Update and Avoidance 3-25

4 PILOT TESTING 4-1

4.1 Purpose/Introduction 4-14.2 The Mission 4-24.3 Pilot Training 4-44.4 Pilot Briefing 4-44.4.1 Preflight Questionnaire 4-44.4.2 Post-Flight Questionnaire 4-6

5 FLIGHT PROFILE SYNTHESIS 5-1

5.1 Four-Dimensional Trajectory Generator 5-15.1.1 Waypoint Parameters 5-15.1.2 Threat Avoidance 5-25.1.3 Horizontal Path Generation 5-35.1.4 Vertical Path Generation 5-155.2 Speed/Time Prediction 5-17

v

B N OT .. .D

Page 8: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)

Section Page No.

6 GUIDANCE AND CONTROL 6-1

6.1 Guidance Laws 6-16.1.1 Reference Aircraft Trajectory 6-1

Parameters6.1.2 Subsegment Initializations 6-26.1.3 Length Computations 6-56.1.4 x,y Reference Position 6-76.1.5 Acceleration Reference 6-86.1.6 Time Reference 6-96.1.7 Velocity Reference 6-106.1.8 Flight Path Angle Reference 6-106.1.9 Altitude Reference 6-116.2 Guidance Control Laws 6-116.2.1 Guidance Feedback Errors 6-116.2.2 Crossfeed Terms 6-156.2.3 Open Loop Terms 6-156.2.4 Throttle Activity 6-176.2.5 Control Law Equations 6-186.2.6 Flight Director 6-206.2.7 Trajectory Redraw 6-216.3 Guidance Nomenclature 6-22

7 CONTROL AND DISPLAY 7-1

7.1 Control and Display Integration 7-17.2 Control/Display Description 7-47.2.1 Tactical Situation Display 7-87.2.2 Status Display 7-117.2.3 Status Display Keyboard 7-137.2.4 Time Display 7-157.2.5 Aircraft Control Stick 7-157.2.6 Throttle and Associated Controls 7-167.2.7 Electronic Attitude Director 7-18

Indicator (EADI)7.2.8 EADI Controller 7-P87.2.9 Attitude Director Indicator (ADI) 7-207.3 Pilot Operations 7-207.3.1 Mode Selection 7-217.3.2 Waypoints 7-257.3.3 Waypoint Entry Description 7-257.3.4 Flight Plan 7-267.3.5 Plan Generation With the Keyboard 7-287.3.6 Plan Generation With the X-Hair 7-29

vi

Aski

Page 9: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)

Section Page No.

7.3.7 Plan Generation With Digital Data 7-34Link Inputs

7.3.8 Pitch, Roll, and Throttle Commands 7-35

7.3.9 Automatic/Manual Flight Control 7-36Selection

7.4 Control and Display Design Philosophy 7-37

8 JTIDS SIMULATION 8-1

9 SYSTEM SIMULATOR 9-1

9.1 General Description 9-19.2 Simulation Configuration 9-19.3 Computer Functions 9-4

10 WEAPON DELIVERY 10-1

10.1 Weapon Delivery Operational Capability 10-1

10.2 Ballistics and Release Prediction 10-3

REFERENCES R-1

APPENDIX A F-4E SIX-DEGREE-OF-FREEDOM A/C MODEL A-1

APPENDIX B STABILITY AUGMENTATION SYSTEM B-1

APPENDIX C PROGRAM FLOW CHARTS C-1

APPENDIX D CONTROL/DISPLAY FLOW CHARTS AND STATE D-1

DIAGRAMS

APPENDIX E PILOT PRE- AND POST-FLIGHT QUESTIONNAIRES E-1

vii

Page 10: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure No. Title Page No

2-1 IFTC System Block Diagram 2-2

3-1 Demonstration Mission Profile 3-23-2 Mission Profile and Data on Cockpit 3-3

Displays3-3 X-Hair Positioned for Centering Display 3-53-4 TSD Repositioned - X-Hair Slewed to WP40 3-6

and Inserted3-5 WP40 Successfully "Hooked" and Moved to 3-7

New Position3-6 Modified Profile Providing Diversion 3-8

Around Weather3-7 Modified Flight Plan, Inspected by the 3-9

Pilot and Engaged3-8 Hostile Bogies Shown on TSD - Pilot 3-10

Begins Diversionary Maneuver3-9 Pilot Completes Deviation and Recouples 3-12

Auto-Flight System to Follow CaptureTrajectory Back to Flight Plan - TSDIndicates That TOA Cannot Be Satisfied

3-10 Pilot Is Cued by the Status Display to 3-13Engage the Air-to-Ground Weapon DeliveryMode as the IP Is Crossed

3-11 Pi:ot Uses Blind Select Page to Initiate 3-14Weapon Delivery - System AnticipatesDelivery on TG10 and AutomaticallyPlaces Cueing Cursor at TG10

3-12 Blind Weapon Delivery Mode Select Page 3-153-13 Pilot's First View of C2 Mission Redirect 3-173-14 TSD Scaling Is Reduced and Entire Redirect 3-18

Mission Is Visible3-15 Pilot Uses Status Display to Check Fuel 3-19

Reserves and Arrival Time Estimates atRefuel Point for Mission Redirect

3-16 Capture Trajectory to Mission Redirect Is 3-20Continually Recomputed - Threats AreCleared and Pilot Elects to Engage theRedirect Profile

3-17 Mission Redirect Engaged 3-213-18 Capture Profile to Next Waypoint 3-223-19 Pilot Uses Status Display for Selecting 3-23

Arrival Time for Coordinated Attack3-20 Arrival Time Is Inserted as a TOA 3-233-21 Wingman Appears on TSD and Moves Across 3-24

the Target as IFTC A/C Begins W/D Run-In

viii

Ahm

Page 11: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (cont)

Figure No. Title Page No.

3-22 New Threats Suddenly Appear - Trajectory 3-26Is Automatically Modified and Displayedon TSD

3-23 Threat Avoidance Profile Has Been Engaged 3-27

4-1 Pilot Testing Mission Profile 4-3

5-1 Trajectory Generator Block Diagram 5-25-2 Threat Avoidance Examples 5-35-3 Ground Track and Vertical Profiles 5-55-4 Curved-Straight Segment 5-65-5 CS Tabular Flow Chart 5-85-6 CSC Profile Generation Sequence 5-115-7 Round Waypoint Trajectory 5-125-8 RNDWP Tabular Flow Chart 5-135-9 Vertical Path Generator Outputs 5-165-10 Timer Operational Overview 5-185-11 Acceleration Positioning 5-195-12 Intermediate Velocity Profile 5-21

6-1 Reference Trajectory Parameter Calculation 6-36-2 Reference Position 6-66-3 Ground Speed Geometry 6-96-4 Horizontal Guidance Errors 6-126-5 Vertical Plane Geometry 6-146-6 Vertical Capture 6-166-7 Vertical Guidance Control Law Block Diagram 6-196-8 Longitudinal Guidance Control Law Block 6-19

Diagram6-9 Lateral Guidance Control Law Block Diagram 6-206-10 Flight Director Commands Block Diagram 6-21

7-1 TSD With Vertical Flight Path Mode Selected 7-37-2 IFTC Fighter Cockpit 7-57-3 Simulator Controls and Displays Layout 7-67-4 IFTC Cockpit Displays 7-77-5 TSD With X-Hair Activated 7-107-6 Status Display and Mode Selector 7-117-7 Status Display Keyboard 7-137-8 Time Display 7-157-9 Aircraft Control Stick 7-167-10 Throttle and Associated Controls 7-177-11 Electronic Attitude Director Indicator and 7-19

Controller

ix

A -- -.--- mom

Page 12: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (cont)

Figure No. Title Page No

7-12 Three-Axis Attitude Director Indicator 7-207-13 Status Display and Mode Select Keys - 7-22

Nay Select Page7-14 Three Steps to Engage the Selected Mode 7-237-15 Three Steps to Engage the Blind Weapon 7 24

Delivery Mode From the Blind Select Page7-16 RF21 Is Selected and Data Is Dcpressed 7-267-17 Data for RF21 Is Displayed 7-277-18 TSD and Status Display After Entering a 7-29

New Plan7-19 X-Hair Displayed on the TSD With the FLY-TO/ 7-30

XHAIR SELECT PAGE on the Status Display7-20 New Waypoint Created With the X-Hair 7-327-21 Points Linked in Order to Create a New Plan 7-337-22 Data-Link Mission Redirect 7-347-23 Representative Data-Link Redirect Response 7-36

Page7-24 Control/Display Processing 7-38

8-1 Data-Linked Positions of Hostile Bogies 8-3and Capture Trajectory FollowingAvoidance Maneuver

8-2 Mission Redirect Profile 8-38-3 Data-Linked SAM Threats 8-4

9-1 LSI Hybrid Computing Facility 9-29-2 Simulation Organization 9-3

10-1 Blind Bombing 10-210-2 Ballistic Integration 10-6

X

,, I ! .. ,, ,, i ll mowIn

Page 13: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

LIST OF TABLES

Table No. Title Paue No.

4-1 Post Flight Questionnaire Categories 4-6

6-1 Subseqment Definitions 6-1

7-1 Point Classification Categories 7-25

--I Major State Transition Table D-2

D-2 Immediate State Transition Tables D-21

xi

~~~Ai iI

Page 14: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

FEASIBILITY STUDY

FOR

INTEGRATED FLIGHT TRAJECTORY

CONTROL (FIGHTER)

INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY

1.1 INTRODUCTION

The proliferation of increasingly sophisticated enemymilitary forces in the past decade, and the ability toquickly apply those forces anywhere in the world hasstressed the importance of a demonstrated deterrent capa-bility. This capability should combine rapid reaction withthe ability to apply the appropriate force at the appropri-ate place. Strategic and tactical power, global mobility,and a precise, well-ordered strike capability are necessaryparts of the required capability.

The next major confrontation will likely be intense, tacti-cal, and non-nuclear, at least during the initial phases.The battle area will be defended heavily by defensiveweapons (SAMs, AAA) and enemy fighter aircraft. The numberof enemy fighters will probably exceed the number offriendly aircraft. The friendly pilot will be concernedwith enemy aircraft and ground defenses. Therefore, by

1-1

• - • -- -- -ii

Page 15: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

giving the pilot an accurate, current knowledge of histactical situation, his probabilities of survival andmission success are increased.

Communication and accurate time-space coordination willalso be required capabilities in the next conflict. Theability to strike at night and in adverse weather, and tosuccessfully redirect to targets of a higher priority --all in a timely and well-coordinated fashion -- will helpto offset the superiority of enemy aircraft numbers.

The increases in more sophisticated weapons, on-boardsensors, and aircraft and control freedom will be accom-panied by increases in pilot workload. Unless the controltasks are automated and simplified to reduce the pilot'sworkload, the cockpit workload will become an unmanageableeffort.

The Integrated Flight Trajectory Control (IFTC) program hasbeen concerned with solving these problems. The solutionis not simply one of a better design of the cockpit con-trols and displays which reduces the number of buttonpushings and switch selections. It must involve the devel-opment of a system which adds flight management capabili-ties through the use of digital computers to integrateguidance and control with control and display, navigation,weapon delivery, data link systems, and other on-boardsensors.

The IFTC program objective was to expand the flight manage-ment capabilities of on-board equipment to reduce the pilotworkload required to operate in a hostile tactical environ-ment including real-time mission redirects provided by datalinks or pilot initiative.

The projected tactical scenario characterized by superiornumbers of enemy air and ground offensive and defensivesystems will require the friendly forces to maintain tacti-cal air superiority through efficient use of their air-craft; in other words, through the use of force multi-pliers. Friendly forces will fly missions into enemyterritory under night and adverse weather conditions toneutralize enemy ground movements. Because of the fluidnature of the battle area, command and control (C2 ) will beheavily utilized for directing and redirecting airborneforces. Jam-resistant digital communication links willsupply C2 directives and up-to-date ground and airbornethreat information. Command and control systems such asthe Joint Tactical Information Distribution System (JTIDS)will receive timely information from such sources as QuickStrike Reconnaissance (QSR) aircraft, Precision EmitterLocator Strike System (PELSS), Airborne Warning and Control

1-2

Page 16: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

System (AWACS), and from other JTIDS-user aircraft. Preci-sion navigation information for night and adverse watheroperation will be available through such sources as theGlobal Positioning System (GPS) and the JTIDS relativenavigation capability.

Many of the mission types will be characterized by complexprofiles with one or more time-critical points such as time-on-target (TOT), .time at the FEBA crossing for 1FF, andtime-of-arrival at the refueling tanker. Specific types ofmissions which would be enhanced by precision time-spacecoordination are:

0 Air assault missions requiring timely support fromair defense, stand-off jammers, and gunships formission success and survivability.

* Interdiction missions requiring time scheduling ofthe suppression of enemy defenses.

* Airlift missions requiring timely air and grounddefense support during time intervals of high vulner-ability to enemy attack.

" Night and adverse weather missions flown in condi-tions with high cockpit workload.

The possibility of a redirect occurring during any of thesemission types is high. The real-time redirection capabil-ity and the increased availability of tactical data pro-vided by the data-link network should serve as a forcemultiplier for the friendly forces. This capability,however, will undoubtedly increase the cockpit workload.Targets will change, refueling will be rescheduled, in-gress/egress routes will vary, and deviations because ofhostile bogies, SAM, and AAA threats will occur.

With existing cockpit capabilities and a redirect based onthe JTIDS position messages the new mission routes would beplotted on the navigation maps. Aircraft performancecharts would be used to determine fuel usage based onrough-cut time-of-arrival and airspeed calculations.Rendezvous for refuel and bingo fuel points would be con-sidered. Survivability would be a prime consideration.The total threat situation would be assessed with respectto the new mission profile.

If the redirected mission is of sufficient priority towarrant the risks, the pilot must indicate to his control-ler the decision to comply and enter. the appropriate data

1-3

Page 17: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

into his navigation equipment. If the pilot determinesthat he cannot comply, the entire process repeats, and aprime target may escape destruction.

These plan variations can and will occur after takeoff, andthe pilot's ability to respond favorably to each will bedetermined by the implementation of the cockpit controls,displays, and sensors.

Existing cockpit equipment (autopilots, flight directors,and inertial navigation systems) provide pilot relief andsteering cues for flying under essentially constant condi-tions of attitude, heading, altitude and speed, or forflying straight line segments between stored mission desti-nation points. This equipment, with navigation maps andhand calculations, are used to navigate the mission routeand meet any specified target and rendezvous times. Fuel-remaining estimates at mission and refuel points are com-puted during the mission planning exercise. Deviationsfrom this original mission plan, caused by the need toavoid the lethal airspace around a new enemy SAM location,by the need to divert from the current course because ofthe proximity of hostile bogies, or by profile changes totake advantage of terrain features for radar masking, willrequire the pilot to work with the navigation maps todetermine the best return path to the original missionprofile. These disruptions, of course, will force therevisions of the profile, the time schedule, and the fueluse estimates.

This level of cockpit workload is formidable under non-combat circumstances, and nearly impossible under thestress associated with combat situations. Furthermore,planning for mission changes and redirects reduces the timeavailable for operation of radar, communication receivers,navigation equipment, and jamming equipment. Heads-up"window time" necessary for early visual detection )L enemyaircraft, a major concern and activity, is also greatlyreduced.

To restate the concern of the IFTC program: Given a densethreat environment, a fluid battle situation, the availabil-ity of large amounts of tactical information, and in aredirect posture, the potential for increased pilot work-load will in all likelihood make the pilot the limitingfactor in the execution of time-critical and redirectedmissions. Consequently, the operational improvementsprovided by C2 and other advanced tactical systems may notbe achieved reliably because of the inability of the pilot

1-4

Page 18: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

to assimilate the tactical situation information and trans-late the effects of that information into appropriateaircraft control actions.

The following pages summarize the work performed by theLear Siegler Instrument Division, Grand Rapids, Michigan,on the Integrated Flight Trajectory Control concept, undersponsorship of the Air Force Flight Dynamics Laboratory,Flight Controls Division, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base,Ohio.

1.2 IFTC PROGRAM HISTORY

The IFTC tactical fighter program was an extension ofan earlier study that applied the concept of automatic, on-board four-dimensional trajectory generation and automaticguidance and control along the trajectory to the terminalarea control requirements of military transports [1, 8].Included in the final report for that program were recom-mendations for further study. The major elements of therecommended program were to:

* Apply the concept to fighter aircraft mission taskssuch as weapon delivery and rendezvous. Refine thetrajectory algorithms and control/display system anddemonstrate performance with a fighter simulation.

* Demonstrate, on the simulator, the operationalimprovements achievable with a data link (JTIDS-like)/IFTC integration.

* Define and implement a vertical situation presenta-tion for the Tactical Situation Display in thecockpit simulator. (The transport study identifiedthe need for the vertical situation mode.)

* Develop, simulate, and evaluate an optimal controltechnique for the IFTC control law. Determine ifthe optimal control technology provides significanttracking performance improvements over a classicallydesigned control law and if an optimal controlalgorithm is realizable in an airborne computer.

The first three recommendations were included in the cur-rent IFTC tactical fighter program. The fourth recommenda-tion has been embodied under another Flight Dynamics Labora-tory contract, the Flight Trajectory Control Investigationpr og r am.

After review of representative tactical fighter missions --both current and anticipated -- four major areas were

1-5

Page 19: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

identified as requiring refinement of the algorithms devel-oped for the transport program. In addition, a blind modeweapon delivery capability was added.

" Four-dimensional trajectory generation

• Flight control laws

* Man/machine interface

" Automatic data link interaction (JTIDS-like)

* Blind mode weapon delivery

In particular, the algorithms were modified to provideincreased capability for the following tactical situations:

* Rendezvous with moving waypoints

* Display of vertical trajectory information

" Perform weapon delivery with IFTC control to theidentification point (IP)

" Track-up mode on. the tactical situation display(TSD)

* Automatic threat avoidance under IFTC control

0 Ability to respond to mission redirects

Following the modification phase, the algorithms wereprogrammed in FORTRAN and installed in the Lear Siegler,Instrument Division Hybrid Computing Facility. Followingthe checkout period, the simulation was used for performingreal-time, man-in-the-loop system analysis and verifica-tion, pilot testing, and concept demonstrations. Thecontract was awarded 02 May 77 and concluded on 02 June 79.

1.3 SUMMARY

The next nine sections of the report describe theresults of the program activities. A brief summary ofthose activities is offered here.

Section 2 contains the system description and a discussionof the operational capabilities. The relationships amongthe navigation, communication, aircraft flight controls,and cockpit displays and controls are described. Thetrajectory generator computes a four-dimensional trajectorybased on data defining the mission profile and known

1-6

Page 20: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

threats. For critical mission points the pilot may specifytimes-of-arrival and ground speeds. These are used as hardconstraints by the trajectory generator when computing the4-D profile.

As a result of having a completely defined 4-D profile, itis possible to compute fuel use estimates and arrival timewindows for each point and segment of the flight plan. Inaddition, the nominal profile is adjusted to avoid thelethal airspace of known ground threat emplacements. Theaircraft performance capabilities and the control lawauthority limits serve as constraints for the computedtrajectory, to assure flyability.

Guidance and control functions provide commands for profiletracking and maintaining the speed and time schedule. Bothautomatic and manual control modes are selectable. Inautomatic mode control, signals are output to the simulatedservo systems for the ailerons, elevators, and throttles.In the manual mode, pitch, roll, and throttle command cuesfor pilot tracking are provided on the ADI.

The control and display design goal philosophy was tominimize the number of pilot actions required to communi-cate with the IFTC system. The pilot is always regarded asthe final decision maker, however, and the displays were de-signed to allow the pilot to make a quick assessment of thechanging tactical environment to aid that decision-makingprocess. Electronic displays, keyboards, and extensivecomputer automation were used to accomplish that goal.

Data-link information is processed automaticaily by thecomputer and presented on the displays. Such data-linkedevents as mission redirects, hostile and friendly bogies,and new ground threats were demonstrated by the simulation.The trajectory generator is fully interactive with the data-link inputs, providing "capture" profile generation duringevasive maneuvers and modified trajectory segments to avoidground threat envelopes.

The operational capabilities, Section 2.2, outlines theexpected uses and benefits of the IFTC system in a volatiletactical environment. Workload relief is also discussed.Operational capabilities in a centrally coordinated environ-ment as well as autonomous operations are considered.

The goal of the program was to develop and demonstrateadvanced, mission-oriented, highly-integrated system con-cepts which will permit the crew to function in a higherlevel, mission management role, compatible with the tacti-cal environment and the advanced sensors and communications

1-7

m - r

Page 21: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

systems presently under development. Following the develop-ment, programming, and checkout phases of the program, theobjective was to demonstrate the concept in the simulator.For this purpose a typical penetration, air-to-groundweapon delivery mission was constructed in concert with AirForce tactical pilots.

A typical demonstration briefing for Air Force personnelconsisted of the following activities:

* Overhead viewgraph briefing on the program historyand objectives - LSI personnel.

" Briefing on the compatibility and coordination ofthe IFTC program with other Flight Dynamics Labora-tory programs - Air Force personnel.

" 35-mm slide briefing with a step-by-step discussionof the mission events - emphasizing the benefitsafforded by the IFTC concept for each phase of themission - LSI personnel.

* Execution of the mission in the simulator - flown byLSI personnel.

* Simulator flight by Air Force personnel, when re-

quested.

" Debriefing between LSI and Air Force personnel.

The details of the demonstration mission are given inSection 3. Approximately 12 briefings and demonstrationswere given to Air Force personnel between 11 Octobk r 1978and 22 May 1979. During this same time period, an AirForce 16-mm color and sound movie was produced[ 5 1 , describ-ing the concept and showing the simulator displays duringtypical mission events.

Section 4 describes the results of the pilot testing con-ducted during February, 1979. Three subject pilots wereused. Each pilot spent a day and a half being briefed andtrained; this included about 3-4 hours of simulator time.The demonstration profile was used for pilot training and adifferent, lengthier profile was used for the testing. Thepilot testing was designed to answer several questions suchas:

0 What did you use to judge the performance of thesystem?

1-8

Ai

Page 22: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

* Does the IFTC capability assist the pilot by makinghigher level decision-making information availableto him?

* Does it increase his ability to respond to a chang-ing tactical environment, C redirects, and targetsof opportunity?

" Does it increase his probability of mission successand survivability?

* How should the information be displayed to thepilot?

" Can the capability be utilized to decrease hispreflight planning requirements?

The self-formulated criteria used by the pilots to judgethe performance of the system was the ease or lack of easewith which the pilot could interact with the system, andwhether or not it aided his ability to avoid threats,accept redirects, and hit targets.

In response to the question, "What operational needs do youthink a trajectory generator will satisy?", the pilotsresponded:

"Should greatly improve a single-seat pilot's ability toaccurately navigate to the target and absorb data-linkinputs."

"Allows (with TSD) estimates of track crossing points

and anticipation of intetcept points; also to determineintent of hostile aircraft."

"Ability to reach target after A/A or A/G threat has

gotten pilot off course; ability to react to a re-direct."

Threat display and avoidance was considered beneficialbecause survival potential was felt to increase directlywith situation awareness, and because of the feeling thatavailable intelligence information just wouldn't be accu-rate enough.

Generally, the pilots felt that a cockpit filled with thesystems projected for the future would be unmanageablewithout the systems integration help afforded by an IFTC-like system, particularly for the single-seat cockpit. Theconsensus was that IFTC should result in greatly increasedcapability without a corresponding increase in workload.

1-9

Page 23: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

All pilots felt that the Tactical Situation Display (TSD)is not only useful, but a necessity as are the flightdirector commands on the ADI and the advisory commands ontho airspeed and altimeter displays. The vertical displaymode of the TSD was considered useful at the start ofascent/descent points and for visualizing those shortflight legs with relatively large altitude changes.

As would be expected, all pilots considered a HUD to benecessary. Pilot recommendations included revising theformat on some status display pages and providing easieraccess (less button pushing) to certain classes of informa-tion. More specifically, the recommendation was to provideestimated times-on-target and fuel reserves at refuelpoints on the TSD, especially when a redirect is requested.This would provide the pilot with instant access to thisinformation and would expedite his comply/not comply deci-sion-making process.

Also recommended was the implementation of a moving mapdisplay in place of the TSD. This moving map display wouldprovide electronic map generation overlaid on the projectedimage of a geographic map. The obvious advantage of thiscombination is the better reference of the electronic mapand related symbology to the real world. Redirects andrecoveries from diversions would be viewed in relation toother geographic landmarks and terrain features. In manycases, the pilot could tailor his own flight profile usingthe onboard control and displays to take advantage of theseterrain features.

It was also suggested that a heads-up display (HUD) beinstalled in the simulator cockpit. This would allow aninvestigation of the types of information to be displayedon the ADI, TSD, and HUD, which data should be redundant,and which data should be switched among the displays as afunction of the mission phase. The HUD would also permit abetter evaluation of the usefulness of the TSD when flyingin a heads-up rather than a heads-down posture.

Section 5 is a description of the four-dimensional trajec-tory generator. This section begins with a discussion ofthe parameters used to define a navigation point and speci-fies which are required and which are optional. The hori-zontal path discussion describes the linking of horizontalprofile segments of all the points defining the mission.The basic building blocks for the horizontal path construc-tion, "curved-straight" and "curved-straight-curved", arediscussed in detail.

Next discussed are the techniques for constructing thevertical aspects of the trajectory as a function of the

1-10

Page 24: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

vertical parameters assigned to each waypoint. The horizon-tal and vertical segments define a three-dimensional pro-file. The fourth dimension is added by the speed 'timeprocessor which uses the assigned times-of-arrival andspeeds and constructs the speed and time schedule for thetotal mission. This four-dimensional trajectory is used bythe guidance functions as the reference or desired trajec-tory.

In addition to these functions, the trajectory generatorincludes a threat avoidance algorithm. Under the assump-tions that the threat position, and some estimate of thethreat type is available, the avoidance algorithm comparesthe nominal flight profile segments with the threat lethalenvelopes and searches for an intersection. Wben an inter-section is detected, the horizontal profile is modified toavoid the threat envelope, and the speed/time aspects ofthe total profile are recomputed to determine the effectsof the flight plan deviation on the time schedule.

Section 6 describes the guidance and control functions.The guidance and flight control laws allow automatic orflight director cued, manual control of the aircraft alongthe reference trajectory for all phases of the mission,including weapon delivery. The first parts of Section 6discuss the techniques used for determining the instan-taneous reference parameters with respect to the desiredprofile. These parameters include X, Y position, accelera-tion, time, velocity, flight path angle, and altitude. Theguidance section describes the determination of the horizon-tal, vertical, and longitudinal errors between the refer-ence state and the actual aircraft position. Also dis-cussed are some techniques used to compute crossfeed termsto minimize altitude loss and speed fluctuations caused byaircraft pitch attitude changes during turns.

Open-loop control terms were added to minimize the introduc-tion of transients into the control feedback loops causedby step changes in the reference bank angle when transition-ing from a straight flight segment to a curved flightsegment. Throttle activity is also discussed. To minimizeexcessive throttle activity, a technique was developed tocompute a nominal throttle position to provide the neededthrust to offset the predicted drag at a new airspeed. Thelongitudinal feedback controls were then allowed to makelong-term throttle corrections for any throttle positionerrors.

Also discussed in Section 6 are the control laws used forcomputing the roll, pitch, and throttle commands used as

I-i

1-1

Page 25: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

inputs to the control servos, and the modifications tothose same commands to be used as command cues on the ADIfl ight director system.

The final paragraph of Section 6 discusses the four errorcriteria used for setting the trajectory redraw flag. Thesetting of this software control flag is recognized by thetrajectory generator which then computes a "capture" trajec-tory from the current aircraft position to the next pointin the flight plan. This curved trajectory represents themost direct path to the next point in the flight plan, andfrees the pilot from the often difficult task of navigatingback to the original flight plan,' following an unplannedmission deviation.

Section 7 describes the control and display aspects of the

program. This section consists of four parts:

Control/display integration

Control/display description

Pilot operations

Control/display design philosophy

The man/machine interface was designed with the tacticalfighter mission requirements serving as the driving force.The philosophy was to allow the pilot to be placed in therole of a cockpit manager, freeing him to perform visualsearch for hostile bogies and SAMS, manage the aircraftsensors using the cockpit control heads, and modify hismission as unplanned events occur. The control and dis-plays were identified, designed, and located in the cockpitto provide the pilot with enough information to assessrapidly his fluid tactical environment and make correctdecisions based on that assessment.

The major elements of the control/display system which wereidentified and implemented for the IFTC simulation demon-stration were:

" Automatic/manual three-axis aircraft control system

* Cathode ray tube (CRT) displays for pilot interac-tion with the IFTC system

" Keyboard and flight/display mode controllers

* X-hair designator for rapid system inputs

1-12

Page 26: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

The control and display implementation for the IFTC fighterdemonstration program was built on the knowledge gained inthe transport program. Electronic displays provide atti-tude information and roll, pitch, and throttle commandcues; horizontal and vertical situation information; andcomputer-based alphanumeric information. The concept ofcomputer/pilot interaction was developed to a higher levelin the fighter demonstration study by providing mission-oriented mode controls and increased man/machine interac-tion capability for mission and data management.

The control and display system was installed in the fixed-base simulator cockpit. The main features are:

" Designed for one-man operation.

" Considers the information requirements of the IFTCsystem and advanced command and control (C2 ) opera-tion.

* Provides mission-oriented mode selection.

" Extends the use of the interactive control/displaysoftware and hardware design to minimize the pilot'sinformation management task.

" Explores the use of the trajectory generator outputsas a means of providing the pilot with a higherlevel of decision-making information than is possi-ble without a four-dimensional trajectory generator.

Out of the complexity of the data handling and displayproblem, and a strong desire to have the control and dis-play design lend itself to a straightforward procedure forimplementation and making changes, the theory of finitestate machines was used. This technique is described inthe last paragraphs of Section 7.

An additional requirement of the fighter demonstrationstudy was the integration of digital data link command andcontrol and tactical situation information with the IFTCsystem. Data-linked information consisting of waypoint,threat, or target locations and desired TOTs is accepted asinputs by the IFTC system. Trajectories are generatedbased on the command and control requirements and aircraftand control law constraints and displayed to the pilot onthe tactical situation display. Specific numerical data isavailable to the pilot by using the status display. Withthe IFTC system the pilot has the advantage of being ableto review the data-linked information as an integratedwhole in the same display format as his preplanned missioninformation. Furthermore, as an additional confidence

1-13

Page 27: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

factor, the pilot knows that the TFTC s ztem, and in partic-ular the four-dimensional trajectory generator, has con-sidered speed, fuel , maneuv erability and stored tactical

information such as known SAM emplacements when the commandand control information was processed. For the IFTC demon-stration program, the following classes of command andcontrol information and directives were included:

" Mission redirects* Target of opportunity redirects" SAM and AAA threat positions* Hostile and friendly aircraft locat ons

The data link simulation 2s discussed in detail in Section8.

Section 9 describes the simulator and facilities used for

the IFTC simulation. Three digital computers, a hybrid(analog-digital) and an analog computer were used. Inaddition to the computers, a single-seat, F-16-like cockpitwith instruments and interfacing electronics was used. AnF-4D aircraft model was implemented, and all processing,including the trajectory generation, guidance and control,and control and display functions, occurs in real-timewhich made possible man-in-the-loop demonstration and

test ing.

Section 10 describes the weapon delivery implementation.The blind *mode weapon delivery algorithms from the AirForce ARN-101 Digital Modular Avionics System (DMAS) wereimplemented for the IFTC demonstration program. If auto-matic flight control is selected during weapon delivery,only the roll axis is coupled, freeing the pilot to man-ually fly the pitch axis. Three options are available forpitch axis control: () follow the pitch steering cuewhich will put the aircraft into a shallow dive and resultsin weapon release just prior to reaching the break alti-tude; (2) continue flying at essentially constant altitudeuntil weapon release; (3) when in-range, perform a pull-upmaneuver, with approximately 4 g's as the limit. In allcases steering to the release point and release time compu-tations are performed automatically. If the Blind mode isengaged and the pickle switch is depressed, automat icweapon release will occur.

The flight control law allows automatic or flight director-cued manual control of the aircraft to the identificationpoint (IP) prior to performing the weapon delivery mission.At the IP the IFTC steering smoothly passes control of theaircraft to the weapon delivery steering and release timeprediction algorithms. Weapon delivery steering maintains

1-14

Vr---- - - - - -._- -~.. - -- ~ ~ - .

Page 28: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

control of the aircraft to the computed weapon releasepoint, and then returns control to the IFTC system forautomatic or cued manual control to the egress point.

Also discussed in Section 10 are the bomb ballistics inte-gration technique and the drag model for the Mark 82.

1.4 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FUTURE WORK

The Integrated Fliqht Trajectory Control program hasshown by analysis, simuiation, demonstration, and testingthat the concept of on-board, real-time computation of four-dimensional trajectories in response to inputs from thepilot, inputs from ground and air threat detection sensors,and inputs from advanced digital data links is very possi-ble. The program has demonstrated the ability of the samedigital technology to generate guidance and control signalsfor automatic control of the aircraft along this four-dimensional reference trajectory, thus freeing the pilot tobecome more of a cockpit manager of his on-board systemsand sensors.

The program has also demonstrated the advantages of a well-designed, mission-tailored interactive control and displaysystem in which the computer is an active element of thedecision-making process.

These capabilities should increase the survivability andprobability of mission success, increase his capability forperforming night/all-weather operations, and increase hisability to respond to mission redirects.

An additional output of this program is recommendations forfuture effort that would further demonstrate or verify theoperational benefits of the syc---.,,. The following recom-mendations are offered in that spirit:

0 Install and implement a projected map display (PMD).This would allow the display of actual geographicmap information, combined with electronically gen-erated flight profiles, threat envelopes, and bogeypositions. This capability would demonstrate theincrease in the pilot's orientation and confidencewith respect to the tactical environment, and theelimination or reduction of the use of hand-heldmaps. With the implementation of an interactiveX-hair designator on the map, it would also demon-strate the aiding of the pilot's communication withthe avionics computer.

1-15

Page 29: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

0 Incorporate the mission data transfer system (MDTS)into the simulation. This sytem was developed forthe AN/ARN-l01 Digital Modular Avionics System andconsists of a briefing room minicomputer and dis-plays, a data module which is loaded with the mis-sion data in the briefing room, and a receptacle inthe cockpit into which is inserted the module forrapid transfer f mission data to the cockpit com-puter. Having the data transfer system implementedwould give pilot-evaluators a "hands-on" demonstra-tion of the total operational capabilities of IFTCin a future aircraft weapon system. Using thecurrently accepted methods of loading the navigationor mission computer, many evaluators are concernedthat because IFTC processes so much data to generatea complex flight plan, that the pilots will be re-quired to spend a great deal of time, prior totakeoff, performing manual data insertion. In fact,with MDTS the IFTC system will significantly de-crease the pilot workload both during the planningexercise and the actual data load to the airbornecomputer.

* Implement advanced air-to-ground weapon deliveryequations to replace the conventional weapon deliv-ery currently mechanized. As part of the Fireflyprogram (6] , advanced air-to-ground bombing equa-tions have been developed for guiding the aircraftalong curvilinear attack paths for automatic weaponrelease in a non-wings-level attitude.

Since the IFTC trajectory computation techniques andthe Firefly curvilinear weapon delivery techniquesare concerned with different portions of the attackproblem they are complementary, and the integrationof the two techniques offers the potential forincreased aircraft survivability over the entiremission profile.

* In addition to implementation of the Firefly weapondelivery techniques, the IFTC simulation could beused to demonstrate the "pop-up" weapon deliverymaneuver and its inherent advantage of minimizingthe total time of aircraft exposure to ground de-fenses during the delivery maneuver. Because thesimulator is fixed-base and without a visual refer-ence projection system, the actual target acquisi-tion and tracking phases of the maneuver could notbe demonstrated; however, the simulator could beused to demonstrate the capability of the trajectorygenerator to compute a profile to the pull-up point

1-16

*0f.-- -l- - - -- - - ~ -| I| I .I -

Page 30: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

(P.U.P.), cue the pilot via the HUD or ADl to begirthe pull-up maneuver, initiate the roll and pull-down, and roll-out to begin target tracking.

A current Air Force goal [7] is to have the forwardarea controllers (FACs) standardize their targetbriefing for a red. rect, irrespective of whetherthey're talking to an A-10, an F-4, or an F-16 pilot(or any other, for that matter). In a highly jammedsituation the FACs could burst-transmit four itemsof information:

a. The pre-designated IP (in code)b. Heading to the targetc. Distance to the targetd. Type target/target elevation

With considerable variations in airspeed andmaneuverability from aircraft to aircraft, this goalplaces a considerable responsibility on the pilot,but it can be done. To quote from [7]: "However,with only these four pieces of information, themission can be accomplished. Also, by giving thistype of information; i.e., 'distance to target' asopposed to 'time to pop point' , the FAC is notdictating tactics to the strike flight. Airspeed,formation, and other tactical considerations are nowthe responsibility of the iron haulers, and this isas it should be. However, with this type of infor-mation, the strike flight has not been spoon-fedanything that tells them how to get to an appro-priate pop point. So the next question is, 'How doI get there from here?'"

This question is answered for the pilot by the IFTCsystem. Knowing the airspeed, current aircraftposition, IP position, heading-to-target andrange-to-target, the trajectory generator creates acurved-path profile to the IP point which satisfiesthe flyover heading, and determines where thepull-up point should be with respect to the IP andtarget. The trajectory is drawn on the TSD toenable the pilot to become quickly oriented to thenew situation.

1-17

Page 31: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

2 THE INTEGRATED FLIGHT TRAJECTORY CONTROL CONCEPT

2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The Integrated Flight Trajectory Control program hasdeveloped an on-board system concept that will providepilots with increased flight management capabilities duringthe execution of tactical missions. The key functions used

to accomplish this are:

" Real-time computation of four-dimensional (x, y, z,time) trajectories

* Automatic guidance and control of the aircraft alongthe trajectory

* Automatic response to command and control data linkinputs

* Integration of the cockpit control and displayfunctions with the trajectory generator, guid-

ance/control and command/control functions.

Figure 2-1 illustrates the integration of these IFTC func-tions with the navigation and communication functions aswell as the cockpit displays and controls and the aircraft

flight controls. Digital processing is used to achieve theintegration. The computer processes:

a. Aircraft position, velocity, and attitude inputsfrom the aircraft's navigation system

b. Tactical situation and command/control data from thedata link communication system, and

c. Pilot inputs inserted through the interactive con-trol/display hardware.

The trajectory generator computes the four-dimensionaltrajectory based on data defining the mission profile and

known threat environments. The mission profile data con-sists of a sequence of points used to define the mission.

These may be waypoints, targets, target initial points,refuel rendezvous points and approach points defined in the

minimum by x, y, and z coordinates. For critical mission

points the pilot may also specify a time-of-arrival (TOA)and speed. TOAs and desired speed are used as hard con-straints by the trajectory generator to compute the speedand time profile.

2-1

Page 32: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

THE IFTC OBJECTIVES WILL INVOLVE THE

INTEGRATION OF CONTROL-DISPLAYS-C 3 AND NAVIGATION

IFTC PROCESSING

NAVI GA IO ---- TRAJECTORY/TIMESYSTEM GENERATOR

* GUIDANCE/CONTROL CONTROL

COMMUNICATION - COPIMAND/CONTROLSYSTEM]S

* CONTROL/DISPLAY

EINTERACTIVECONTROLLER/DISPLAYS AI

IFTC SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAMFIGURE 2-1

After computation of the parameters completely defining thehorizontal, vertical, and speed/time profile, the fuel useestimates for each profile segment are determined. Thenominal profile is adjusted to avoid the lethal airspacearound known threat emplacements. The aircraft performancecapabilities, the operational limitations, control lawauthority, and predicted winds serve as constraints on thecomputed trajectory.

The guidance and control functions provide tracking of thenominal profile and maintain the speed and time schedule.This is accomplished by generating the differences betweenthe navigation inputs, representing the current aircraftstate, and the four-dimensional profile, representing thedesired aircraft state. These differences, or errors, areprocessed to form commands to the servo systems for theailerons, elevator, and throttle. The aircraft is con-trolled to minimize these errors.

2-2

In

Page 33: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Either automatic or manual modes of control are selectable,with independent selection between the pitch and rollchannels and the throttle channel. The automatic moderelieves the pilot of performing the tracking tasks. Fullmanual control may be quickly assumed by the pilot, how-ever, for rapid, unplanned mission activities such asjinking and bogie avoidance.

Pitch, roll, and throttle position commands are provided bythe flight control laws and displayed on the attitudedirector indicator during manual mode operation.

The ease and confidence with which the pilot is able to useany advanced cockpit system determines the usefulness ofthe system. The pilot will consider the system useful ifit reduces his workload in accomplishing his normal tasks,or if it allows him greater capability for completing a mis-sion that would normally be aborted because of some in-creased workload. The goal of the control/display designwas to minimize the number of pilot actions required tocommunicate with the IFTC system. Electronic displays,dedicated and multifunction keyboards, a hand-controlledcross-hair designator, and computer automation have beenused to accomplish this goal.

An electronic situation display is used for displayingtactical data including the engaged flight profile, knownand detected SAM and AAA envelopes, hostile and friendlyaircraft locations, current aircraft position and track,and alternate flight plans. In addition to these classesof information which are displayed in symbolic form, air-craft track angle, map scale, ground speed, engaged plannumber, assigned time-of-arrival and time-of-arrival errorare displayed in alphanumeric format.

A second electronic display, the Status Display, is usedfor presenting alphanumeric information. The data isarranged in page format and the keyboard associated withthis display is used for making data deletions, additions,or corrections.

Data link information is automatically processed by thecomputer and presented on the displays. This processingmay be as simple as presenting hostile or friendly aircraftsymbols and direction of flight (if known) on the tacticalmap, or as complex as processing the data associated with acommand and control (C2 ) mission re-direct, for which thetrajectory generation capabilities are used for computing adirect, flyable profile from the current aircraft positionto the first point in the redirect mission and all points,thereafter. If time-of-arrival is assigned at one or more

2-3

& k

Page 34: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

points in the redirect mission, the time-velocity portionsof the trajectory generator use these assigned values ashard constraints and attempt to construct a speed-timeschedule, within its a/c control authority limits, tosatisfy the times-of-arrival. If the arrival times cannotbe satisfied, the pilot is notified immediately via thedisplays.

2.2 OPERATIONAL CAPABILITIES

The majority of the United States Air Force peacetimemissions are flown in controlled airspace with a mix ofcivil and military aircraft. These missions are flown onwell-defined, preplanned routes. Current cockpit equipmenthas sufficient capability to satisfy the demands of thesemissions. In times of conflict, however, when well-plannedmissions become chaotic as a result of enemy ground forces(AAA, SAMs) and aircraft, more capability is required.

The IFTC system has been designed with this volatile en-vironment in mind. The trajectory generator accepts newpoints from the data link (C2) and computes a new, flyabletrajectory after considering aircraft performance param-eters, threats, and mission constraints. The TacticalSituation Display (TSD) is used to display the trajectory.Any newly computed trajectories are displayed in dashedformat to distinguish them from the engaged profile. Thispresentation was selected to aid the pilot in recognizingthat he has been directed to another target, or that athreat avoidance zone has been discovered in his engagedflight path.

The alternate profile includes a speed and time schedulefor each flight segment as well as estimates of the fuelremaining at each profile waypoint. These computationswould normally be estimated by the pilot if time or cockpitactivity permitted, but these, as estimates, would besubject to human error. The automatic computation greatlyrelieves the pilot workload, and the availability of thedata through the cockpit displays and the presentation ofthe new profile on the TSD allow the pilot to assess thesituation quickly and make the final decision to comply ornot to comply with the mission redirect request.

The redirect profile could also be initiated by the pilotusing the cockpit keyboard and/or the crosshair controllerto define a set of points for a new profile.

The capability for acceptance of the data linked informa-tion for display and automatic processing by the trajectory

2-4

Page 35: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

generator demonstrates the potential for a significantlygreater amount of pertinent tactical information the pilotcan receive and evaluate. This automation is accomplishedwhile preserving the philosophy of allowing the pilot toreview the incoming data and be the final decision-maker.Without this capability the requirements for the manualinsertion of incoming data would exceed the pilot'scapacity.

The parameters that can be specified for each point of thetrajectory are not limited to latitude, longitude, alti-tude, and time, but may include heading at flyover, flightpath angle, turn radius, and speed. The specified param-eters are used as constraints by the trajectory genera-tor. The advantages of this capability are especiallyevident for weapon delivery missions under low visibilityconditions in which the aircraft's heading, flight pathangle, and speed must be controlled along the desireddelivery path. Without the trajectory generator and theautomatic control system, significant workload is placed onthe pilot to perform the navigation and control.

Since it is anticipated that the battle zones of the nextconflict will be highly saturated with SAM or AAA emplace-ments, the IFTC threat avoidance capability would provide acrucial benefit. Present mission planning methods requirethe pilot/navigator to structure the route to avoid knowndefensive emplacements. When evasive maneuvers are per-formed to avoid in-flight detected bogies and groundthreats, it is highly probable that the pilot would losehis position relative to the planned profile.

In addition, any time scheduling is severely impacted. TheIFTC system will allow the pilot to continue to have fullmanual control of his aircraft for performing defen-sive/offensive maneuvers, and will aid him by computing anintercept (or capture) profile back to the original pro-file. This intercept profile is continuously updated anddisplayed on the TSD. Included in this recomputation arethe estimates of times-of-arrival, speeds, and fuel re-serves for each remaining point in the mission. This datais available for transmission on the C2 data link net toaid in the utilization of the strike forces.

In addition to the increased capabilities afforded by theIFTC system in a C2 environment, many of the same capabili-ties are applicable to autonomous or near-autonomous opera-tion. In the absence of data-linked information, the pilotmay still respond with minimum effort to voice communica-tion with forward area controllers. The controls anddisplays may also be used effectively to modify the exist-ing flight plan as a result of pilot-initiated changes.

2-5

4

Page 36: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

In summary, the operational benefits afforded by the systemwill meet the requirements for a quick-reaction, precisiontime-space control system while providing the flexibilityfor command and control redirects. The pilot workload islimited to a level that should not exceed that presentlyencountered in either fighters or transports.

Section 3 gives a step-by-step description of the use ofthe IFTC system during the execution of a penetrationmission with blind weapon delivery on two targets. Themission includes such unplanned events as a weather diver-sion, hostile bogies, a Cz mission redirect, and the appear-ance of SAMs on the nominal flight plan. Also included isa coordinated air attack on a target, requiring precisetime coordination with a wingman.

2-6

Page 37: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

3 DEMONSTRATION SCENARIO

The algorithms developed for the IFTC system were program-med in the Lear Siegler Instrument Division Hybrid Comput-ing Facility computers (Figure 9-1). The simulation config-uration is shown in Figure 9-2 and described in Section 9.

Real-time processing of the algorithms in the hybrid compu-ters made it possible to perform pilot-in-the-loop testing.A representative fighter aircraft (F-4E) dynamic model wasused in the simulation and the IFTC outer-loop control lawoutputs and the pilot inputs were coupled to the aircraftcontrol surfaces using the stability augmentation andfly-by-wire system developed for the F-4 under the 680JSurvivable Flight Control System program[ 31 . The detailsof the 680J are shown in Appendix B and the aircraft modeldescription is given in Appendix A.

For purposes of demonstrating the IFTC concept, a represen-tative, medium-altitude, blind weapon delivery mission wasconstructed in concert with Air Force TAC pilots.

3.1 MISSION PLANNING

The mission area selected was central Europe with theforward edge of the battle area (FEBA) chosen as the geogra-phic boundary between Eastern and Western Germany (Figure3-1). The mission begins at Zweibrucken, approximately 50nm from the FEBA, at an altitude of 8000 feet and an air-speed of 420 knots. A critical time-of-arrival (TOA) wasassigned at the first IP (IP30), as was a desired headingof 15 degrees and a ground speed of 420 knots. Thesespecified parameters became hard constraints for the trajec-tory generator, and the four-dimensional profile createdsatisfied these constraints.

The mission as described in the mission planning briefingwas a low-to-medium altitude (not terrain following), blindweapon delivery on two targets; the first, TGI0, a transmit-ting tower and the second, TGll, a small hydroelectricplant. Both targets are indicated by the conventionaltriangular (1) shape. Navigation and IP points are indi-cated by squares (-). The circular regions represent SAMand AAA kill envelopes. These were modeled simplisticallyas vertically oriented cylinders, and for simulation pur-poses the number of SAM and AAA emplacements was keptsmall.

The mission data is presented on the cockpit displays asshown in Figure 3-2. Note that the TOA assigned at IP30

3-1

Page 38: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

- ..' / .

DEMONSTRATION MISSION PROFILEFIGURE 3-1

can be satisfied, and the pilot determines this by observ-ing that the A TOA displayed on the lower right side of theTSD indicates " ATOA = Q0:00L", which is interpreted tomean that the time-of-arrival error is estimated to be 0.seconds (L, indicating "late" , is meaningless in thiscase) .

3.2 UNPLANNED DEVIATIONS

3.2.1 Weather Diversion

Immediatly after the start of the mission an intense

weather system is detected, centered at approximately the

location of Landau. The first question that confronts the

pilot is, "Can the weather system be avoided by modifying

3-2

Page 39: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

MISSION PROFILE AND DATA ON COCKPIT DISPLAYSFIGURE 3-2

the flight plan and still meet the TOA 'at IP30?" Thisquestion is answered by the following control display

actions:

a. Cross-hair (X-hair) is activated by depressingcross-hair controller on top of throttle. Map isautomatically placed in North-up, plot-stabilizedmode.

b. X-hair, now visible on map, is slewed to approxi-mately the position of waypoint 40 (close to Landau)

and the center-on-X-hair button on the TSD control-ler is depressed. This action centers the TSDdisplay at the X-hair location for better visibil-ity. This step is not always required, since itdepends upon map scale and the aircraft positionwith respect to the profile points that are to bemodified.

3-3

--- -- ,-- - -. i- -i l l~ iI I

Page 40: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

c. The pilot's objective, now, is to CesIlgnat JL"hook") WP40 and move it clear of the wearther sys-tem, but do so without affectir- the rema.,7cr *9the mission profile.

d. The X-hair is activated again and moved to lie overthe existing position of WP40. A map scale of 40 n7or 80 nm works best for this operation to providegood resolution. X-HAIR INSERT is depressed.(X-HAIR INSERT is located on top of the throttle,above the X-hair controller as shown in Figure 7-10.It is thumb activated).

e. After the X-HAIR INSERT switch is depressed, thecomputer begins a search of all defined navigationpoints, including targets, IPs and rendezvous

points. If the X-hair was placed within 2 nm otWP40 (step d), the computer recognizes that fact andindicates on the status display that WP40 has beenselected. Also indicated is the plan number whichcontains WP40, in this case, Plan 1. If the searchdoes not detect proximity of the X-hair with adefined zoint, that fact is indicated on the statusdisplay uy the message, "NO POINT SELECTED".

f. The X-hair remains on following step e, and with asuccessful designation of WP40, the X-hair may nowbe slewed, moving WP40 to a new position. in thiscase, WP40 is moved to clear the severe weathersystem. XHAIR INSERT is depressed following themovement of the X-hair to the new position. Figures3-3, ? , and 3-5 show the displays as steps athrough f are performed.

g. Following the X-HAIR INSERT depression, the computerrecognizes that the pilot's intent is to move WP40.The new coordinates are stored and a new four-dimen-sional flight plan is computed, including thespeed/time dimension, to satisfy the TOA assigned toIP30. Within seconds (2-3), the new profile isdrawn on thu TSD (Figure 3-6) in dashed, predictiveformat. The original profile is left on t TSD insolid line format, indicating to the pilot that, atthis point in the process, the original profile isbeing tracked by the flight control system. A newline of information appears on the TSD: P ATOA =00:OOL. This information indicates to the pilotthat under the aircraft dynamic constraints used bythe trajectory generator and the control authoritylimits given to the flight control system, the TOAat IP30 may still be satisfied. The pilot should

3-4

-.... .....

Page 41: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

X-HAIR POSITIONED FOR CENTERING DISPLAYFIGURE 3-3

expect, however, that his nominal ground speed willincrease to account for the increased path lengthadded by the weather diversion.

h. The modified profile has been assigned a new planname and the NAV SEL page has been automaticallyplaced on the status display. The pilot may nowengage the new profile and couple it to the auto-matic flight control system by simply depressing theENGAGE key on the flight mode panel on the statusdisplay. If further information about the new planis needed, the pilot simply depresses DATA ratherthan ENGAGE. This action causes the index page forthe new plan to be displayed. From this page thepilot may select a specific point in the plan usingthe row-column selector buttons.- DATA is depressedagain and the pages for specific data relating tothe designated point are now displayed. This stepwould be used to check estimated fuel reserves atthe refuel point to determine the effects of thepath stretc.a around the weather system.

3-5

Page 42: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TSD REPOSITIONED - X-HAIR SLEWED TO WP40 AND INSERTEDFIGURE 3-4

i. When the ENGAGE key is depressed, the originalprofile is erased and replaced by the modifiedprofile, as shown in Figure 3-7. If automaticflight control is selected, the aircraft will re-spond immediately by flying the new profile.

Note that a new waypoint, WP43, was created and added tothe mission list. This point was added near the perimeterof SAM envelope 72. The trajectory generator, in conjunc-tion with the AVOID algorithm, generated the new point toprevent the intersection of the modified profile and theSAM lethal envelope. This intersection would have occurredhad the profile been constructed from WP42 to IP30. Thedetails of the AVOID algorithm are discussed in Section 5.

Although approximately nine operations are required tomodify the profile as just described, once familiarity withthe system is gained, the entire sequence may be performedin less than one minute. At no point in the process wasthe alphanumeric keyboard required to key in specificwaypoint coordinates.

3-6

Page 43: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

WP40 SUCCESSFULLY "HOOKED" AND MOVED TO NEW POSITIONFIGURE 3-5

3.2.2 Hostile Aircraft

As the mission progresses, the next unplanned event

occurs just after fly-by of WP43 and just prior to crossing

the FEBA. At this time the IFTC aircraft has been alerted

by the data link system to two hostile bogies at about 1

o'clock high and a distance of about 25 miles. The DATA

LINK light on the glare shield is illuminated. Because it

is in the area of the pilot's normal scan, it attracts his

attention and serves to cue him to check his TSD. On the

TSD in flashing format are symbols representing the air-

craft positions, direction of flight, and the fact that

they are hostile. (See Figure 3-8.) TSD symbology for nay

points, targets, IPs, friendly and unfriendly aircraft were

chosen to be compatible with the set of unclassified sym-

bology selected by the JTIDS symbology study committees D.Since the publication of that committee's preliminary

report, certain changes have been made to the recommended

symbology. These changes have not been incorporated in the

simulation.

9' 3-7

A~

Page 44: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

MODIFIED PROFILE PROVIDING DIVERSION AROUND WEATHERFIGURE 3-6

Following a quick assessment of the situation, the pilotswitches off the pitch and roll channels of the automaticflight control system to allow full manual operation inthese channels. Switching of both axes is accomplished bydepression of a thumb switch on the control stick (Figure7-9). The aircraft is flown manually until it is deter-mined that the hostile bogies pose no threat. If desired,the pilot may transpose the A/C position to the center ofthe TSD. This allows a better rearward field-of-view inthe event that the bogies should attempt an attack frombehind.

3-8

-ak

Page 45: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

MODIFIED FLIGHT PLAN, INSPECTED BY THE PILOT AND ENGAGEDFIGURE 3-7

Two major activities occur in the computer during this eva-sive action:

a. The guidance equations detect a significant devia-

tion from the nominal flight flight plan and set aflag when this occurs.

b. The trajectory generator recognizes that the guid-

ance function of step (a) has occurred and computesa transition (or capture) trajectory from the cur-rent aircraft position to the next point in themission list. This caj4ure trajectory segment is

linked to the remainder of the mission by recom-

puting the entire four-dimensional trajectory,beginning with the aircraft position and ending withthe last point in the mission list.

This last step is significant because recomputation of the

entire profile includes the speed/time scheduling, fuel

3-9

Page 46: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

HOSTILE BOGIES SHOWN ON TSD - PILOT BEGINS DIVERSIONARY MANEUVERFIGURE 3-8

usage estimates for each flight segment, and updated time-of-arrival estimates. Because of this the pilot is immedi-

ately alerted to late or early times-of-arrival, or lowfuel reserves at any point in the mission.

Notice in Figure 3-8 that as the pilot has deviated tromhis original mission, the capture profile has been automati-

cally computed and drawn on the map. As the pilot con-tinues to deviate from the mission, the capture profile iscontinually recomputed. When the cause of the deviationhas ceased to be a threat, the pilot knows exactly the paththat will be followed to the original profile when theautomatic flight control system is re-engaged or the flightdirector cues are followed. He also immediately knows anyimpact on the ability to maintain the TOA as a result ofthe mission deviation. Because the deviation caused by thehostile bogies occurred very close to IP30, the point forwhich the TOA of 10.09:00 was assigned, the TOA can nolonger be met and the IFTC system has indicated on the TSD

that the pilot can expect to be 19 seconds late. This isindicated to the pilot on the TSD by " ATOA = 00:19 :L" inthe lower right corner of the display.

3-10

4

Page 47: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

To understand that the TOA cannot be satisfied, rememberthat the trajectory generator and guidance/control algo-rithms operate within certain aircraft control constraintsand are limited in the degree of control authority that canbe imposed on the aircraft control systems. These limitsare discussed in detail in Sections 5 and 6, and includesuch things as maximum and minimum airspeeds, accelerationand deceleration limits, and bank and flight path anglelimits. Using the extremes of the limits, the trajectorygenerator computes a maximum and minimum time-of-arrivalfor each point in the mission list. This may be thought ofas an arrival-time window. It represents the earliest andlatest time that the aircraft could arrive at the point.If the time and distance from the aircraft to the point inquestion is large, the arrival-time window is large. Thisis true because the control extremes, either maximum orminimum, may be applied for a longer time period, andtherefore have a larger effect.

Conversely, as the distance and flight time between the air-craft and the point in question shorten, the control actionextremes can be applied for a lesser length of time and thearrival-time window becomes smaller. When the assignedtime-of-arrival (TOA) of the aircraft at the waypoint inquestion lies within the computed time-of-arrival window,the error in the TOA is displayed as zero (0.) and theaircraft is controlled to satisfy the TOA following thespeed/time profile.

If the assigned TOA is not bounded by the minimum andmaximum times-of-arrival, the TOA error will not be zero,and the TOA cannot be satisfied. The TOA error ( ATOA) isthen displayed as the difference between the TOA and theminimum or maximum TOA, whichever is appropriate. An E(early) or L (late) will be correspondingly displayed withthe error.

In Figure 3-9, the pilot has determined that the hostileaircraft no longer pose a threat to his mission. Theautomatic flight system has been engaged and the aircraftis being controlled along the capture trajectory to IP30.

3.3 WEAPON DELIVERY

After flyover of IP30. the pilot must "set up" forperforming blind weapon delivery on TGl0. The targetcoordinates, elevation, heading, bomb type, number, andspacing have been specified and loaded into the computer asa part of the mission briefing and planning exercises.These parameters may be changed manually, however, usingthe keyboard and the status display. If target designation

3-11

Page 48: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

PILOT COMPLETES DEVIATION AND RECOUPLES AUTO-FLIGHT SYSTEM TOFOLLOW CAPTURE TRAJECTORY BACK TO FLIGHT PLAN -TSD INDICATES THAT TOA CANNOT BE SATISFIED

FIGURE 3-9

and tracking capability are available (high resolutionradar) , the target coordinates may be updated automaticallyprior to weapon release. While designation and tracking ofthe target are not a part of the simulation, the effects ofupdating the target coordinates during the weapon deliveryrun-in are included.

The top line of the status display is reserved for advisorymessages, automatically placed there by the IFTC systemregardless of the page being displayed at that time. Asfly-over of the IP occurs, "ENGAGE A/G" is displayed to cuethe pilot to set up for air-to-ground weapon delivery. Thesystem computer initiates the display of this message recog-nizing that a target is the next point in the mission list.Figure 3-10 shows the "ENGAGE A/G" cueing message on thestatus display as the aircraft approaches the IP point.

To set up for Blind mode weapon delivery, the pilot depres-ses the BLIND mode key. This results in the display of the

3-12

-U -. - - --- -- . - -k- - - -. -- - - . -n , - I i -i I

Page 49: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

PILOT IS CUED BY THE STATUS DISPLAY TO ENGAGE THE AIR-TO-GROUNDWEAPON DELIVERY MODE AS THE IP IS CROSSED

FIGURE 3-10

Blind Select page of the status display as shown in Figure3-11. The computer has anticipated the engagement of TGl0and placed the cursor accordingly.

Normally, the pilot would depress ENGAGE. When the com-puter recognizes this action, the IFTC functions passcontrol to the weapon delivery release and steering func-tions. The handoff is performed carefully to eliminate any

control system transients.

Engagement results in a switching of the throttle and pitchcontrol channels from automatic (if previously selected) tomanual. Roll steering is performed automatically unlessdeliberately switched to manual; however, pitch control ismanual to allow the pilot several options during weapondelivery.

3-13

A/G

Page 50: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

ACE CUIN' URORATTl

TGII

FIGURE 3-11

As run-in toward the target proceeds, the pilot flies thepitch channel manually, maintaining a constant altitude,wings level approach to the target. When the IN-RANGEannunciator on the glare shield illuminates, the pilot mayexercise three options:

a. Begin an up to 4g pullup maneuver - Release will beautomatic.

b. Continue flying at essentially a constant altitude -Release will be automatic.

c. Manually follow the pitch steering needle (hori-zontal) - This will result in a shallow dive withrelease occurring automatically and just prior toreaching the pre-selected break-altitude.

The weapon delivery run continues with the PICKLE button(bomb release) depressed (Figure 7-9), until the WEAPON

3-14

wing lee aproc to the tagt Whe the --W

annuciaor o th glae sieldillminaesthe ilo ma

Page 51: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

RELEASE annunciator illuminates. This indicates that asuccessful release has occurred. The tra3ectory generatoralso recognizes the release signal and initiates the genera-tion of a new profile from the weapon release point to thenext point in the mission (IP31). Unless the next point isa target, control is passed from the weapon delivery func-tions back to the IFTC nay steering functions. This isindicated to the pilot by the extinguishing of the Blindmode key and the lighting of the Nay mode key. If the nextpoint is a target, the system remains in the Weapon Deliverymode.

The Blind Select page (Figure 3-12) is used to provideadditional system capability. TGI0, TGll, NEW or R'ATTK(re-attack) may be selected using the row keys. TGlI isthe next target in the sequence and could have been selec-ted to rapidly initiate a bypass of TGl0 and a directfly-to to IP31 and TGll. NEW is used with the keyboard forentering the identifier of any other target whose coordi-nates and weapon delivery parameters have been stored inthe computer.

BLIND WEAPON DELIVERY MODE SELECT PAGE

FIGURE 3-12

3-15

A - __ __p- _ ,o -o - - . . . . . .

Page 52: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

R'ATTK is a special function which provides the pilot withthe capability of rapidly initiating a re-attack on thecurrent target. Though not mechanized in the simulation atthis time, it was included in the control/display andweapon delivery design with the purpose of selecting a new,random heading for a subsequent pass at the same target.The pilot designates R'ATTK with the proper row key, depres-ses ENGAGE, and the a/c is flown automatically (if selec-ted) along the curved, re-attack trajectory which is alsodrawn on the TSD. Manual control may also be performed byfollowing the steering cues on the ADI.

The mission continues under IFTC control to the next pro-file point, IP31. As previously described, the pilot iscued on the status display to set up for air-to-groundweapon delivery as fly-over of IP31 occurs.

3.4 MISSION REDIRECT

Soon after the pilot has completed the setup forweapon delivery on TGll, a mission redirect is passed tothe IFTC system via a simulated JTIDS-like data link. Acomplete description of the data link simulation is givenin Section 8. The pilot is first made aware of the requestfor a redirect by the illumination of the DATA LINK light.As his attention is drawn to the TSD, he observes a dashed-line trajectory segment beginning at his aircraft positionand disappearing to the right side of the display, as shownin Figure 3-13. Because of the TSD scaling, most of theredirect information is not on the map. The pilot isfurther aided by the IFTC system, however, with the advi-sory message on the status display, "C & C PLAN REDIRECT",indicating that command and control has issued a missionredirect. The system has accepted the points, generated afour-dimensional trajectory through them, including fuelestimates, arrival time windows and ETAs, and linked thenew mission profile with the current aircraft position.This new trajectory, resulting from the redirect, isassigned a plan number and the NAV SEL page is automati-cally displayed with the cursor over the new plan number.If one or more arrival times were specified as part of theredirect information, the trajectory generator would at-tempt to satisfy them within its control authority. Theentire process, from receipt of redirect, processing, anddisplay of the profile on the map, is accomplished in lessthan five seconds.

After understanding that he had just been given a redirectby command and control, the pilot increases the TSD scalinguntil the entire redirect profilp is visible (Figure 3-14).The entire redirect profile may be seen in perspective with

3-16

Ah,

Page 53: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

PILOT'S FIRST VIEW OF C 2 MISSION REDIRECTFIGURE 3-13

the original flight plan. The redirect plan consists offive points, including an IP, target, egress, and refuelpoint. The redirect is drawn in dashed line format, indi-cating to the pilot that it has not been engaged by theflight control system. That decision is always reservedfor the pilot.

The pilot is aided in making this decision by the estimatedfuel remaining and time-of-arrival computations availableto him through the displays.

3-17

• m n m I

Page 54: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TSD SCALING IS REDUCED AND ENTIREREDIRECT MISSION IS VISIBLE

FIGURE 3-14

As an example, the pilot may use the displays to check hisfuel reserves and arrival time estimates at the redirectrefuel point by the following steps:

a. Depress DATA with the NAV SEL page on the status

display and the cursor on PLN 3 (automatically accom-plished by the display logic of the IFTC system).The plan index for the redirect plan is displayed(Figure 3-14).

b. The row-column keys are used to place the cursorover RF22.

3-18

Page 55: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

c. DAT7-A--is depressed. This results in the display ofthe specific data for RF22. Page 1 and Page 2 areshown in Figure 3-15. The pilot may use the PAGEFORWARD - PAGE BACKWARD lever switch to step throughthe data pages for the other points in the plan,without the necessity of returning to the index pageand selecting another point.

Satisfied that his fuel reserves at the newly as-signed refuel point are sufficient, the pilot electsto comply with the redirect and engage the newprofile. Depression of the ENGAGE key with the NAVSEL page on the status display will engage theredirect profile. If the NAV SEL page is not on thestatus display, depression of the NaY mode selectkey will cause it to be displayed.

PILOT USES STATUS DISPLAY TO CHECK FUEL RESERVES AND ARRIVALTIME ESTIMATES AT REFUEL POINT FOR MISSION REDIRECT

FIGURE 3-15

3-19

4 --- ~A- .

Page 56: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

In this situation the pilot elects to delay enga4i-ment of the redirect until the in1tial trajectorysegment from the aircraft to WP54 passcs clear oitthe SAM threat envelopes (Figure 3-16). SAM threatavoidance is not automatically p rt ormed tor thecapture trajectory segments. As the aircraft con-tinues to fly the original profile, the captiretrajectory is continually recomputed, recognizingthat the aircraft's position is changing. Theupdated TSD is used by the pilot to determine whenthe clearance is satisfied.

CAPFURE TRAJECTORY TO MISSION REDIRECT IS CONTINUALLYRECOMPUTED - THREATS ARE CLEARED AND PILOT ELECTS TO

ENGAGE THE REDIRECT PROFILEFIGURE 3-16

3-20

Page 57: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Engagement of the new profile results in the erasureof the old and the redrawing of the new in solidline format. If the autoflight system is engaged,the aircraft will immediately begin to fly the newtrajectory (Figure 3-17).

After completing the execution of the first turn onthe redirect mission, the pilot is jumped by twomore hostile bogies. The actions taken by the pilotand the sequence of events is nearly the same asdescribed previously. The pilot deviates from thenominal redirect plan, the IFTC system recognizesthis, capture profiles are generated and drawn onthe map, and this entire process continues until thebogies no longer pose a threat and the automatic

MISSION REDIRECT ENGAGEDFIGURE 3-17

3-21

Page 58: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

flight system is re-engaged. The aircraft is then

flown by the most direct route to WP54, as shown in

Figure 3-18.

CAPTURE PROFILE TO NEXT WAYPOINTFIGURE 3-18

3.5 COORDINATED WEAPON DELIVERY

After fly-by of WP54, the pilot uses UHF radio tocontact a wingman. The purpose of the contact is to coor-

dinate the timing for a combined air attack on TGl6. The

objective is to have both aircraft attack the target on

different headings and within 15 seconds of each other.The MIN TOA and MAX TOA values for IP36 are used to aid in

the time coordination process, with the assurance that any

arrival time selected for IP36 within the MIN and MAX TOA

3-22

Page 59: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

range could oe satisfied by the trajectory generator and

guidance control functions.

The status display is used to retrieve the data for IP36.

Page 2 of the data for IP36 (Figure 3-19) displays the MIN

and MAX TOA as well as the ETA. Note that the ETA iswithin the MIN and MAX TOA values, as would be expected.

The pilot and wingman agree that the wingman will make

first pass over the target. A time is picked and the pilot

enters it as a TOA as shown in Figure 3-20.

PILOT USES STATUS DISPLAY FOR SELECTING ARRIVAL TIMEFOR COORDINATED ATTACK

FIGURE 3-19

ARRIVAL TIME IS INSERTED AS A TOAFIGURE 3-20

3-23

Page 60: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

ENTER is depressed and the profile is recomputed with treTOA, just entered, as a hard constraint. The horizont3land vertical profiles are as before, but the speed/timeschedule is adjusted to satisfy the TOA.

The mission continues, with the roll and pitch channelcommands controlling the aircraft along the horizontal an,-vertical portions of the trajectory, and the throttle chan-nel controlled to follow the speed and time profile. This

relieves the pilot of the time-consuming task of continu-ally recomputing or monitoring his ETA and making appro-priate speed adjustments for corrections.

If the aircraft state information for the wingman is avail-able on the data link, the IFTC system will process thatinformation and display it on the TSD using the friendlyaircraft symbologyc° CID , as shown in Figure 3-21. The

WINGMAN APPEARS ON TSD AND MOVES ACROSS THE TARGET

AS IFTC A/C BEGINS W/D RUN-INFIGURE 3-21

3-24

Page 61: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

pilot uses the same procedure as described previously forsetting up the weapon delivery on TGl6. As the run-in tothe target progresses, the wingman symbol is updated on theTSD as it moves across the target in front of the IFTCaircraft.

The IN-RANGE light illuminates at the proper time, thePICKLE button is depressed and the WEAPON RELEASE lightilluminates when the bomb (or bombs) is released, and theweapon delivery run is completed.

3.6 THREAT UPDATE AND AVOIDANCE

Just after the turn towards the egress point, WP66, iscompleted, two previously unknown SAMs are activated. Thisinformation becomes available either through the data linkor through detection by on-board sensors. The pilot isfirst alerted to the situation by the illumination of theDATA LINK light. The threat envelopes immediately appearon the TSD and within seconds the threat avoidance functionhas determined that in both cases the threat envelopes arepenetrated by the nominal egress trajectory. Two addi-tional navigation points are created and the trajectorygenerator re-computes a diversionary profile which threadsthe IFTC aircraft around the threats. This diversionaryprofile is drawn in dashed, predictive format as shown inFigure 3-22.

This profile is assigned a new plan number and the NAV SELpage is automatically placed on the status display with thecursor placed on the new plan number. At this point thepilot has been required to do nothing other than observethe TSD which displays enough information to allow therapid assessment of the situation. If more threat informa-tion were available, the status display could be used toretrieve it; however, that step has not been mechanized inthe simulator.

To engage the modified profile it is only necessary for thepilot to depress the ENGAGE key. The new profile is thenengaged to the flight control system and the TSD is redrawnas shown in Figure 3-23. The entire process, from threatrecognition to engagement of the modified profile, takesless than 15 seconds of pilot activity.

The remainder of the mission occurs without further inci-dent. The climb out to the refuel tanker altitude beginsjust after WP66 and continues until tanker rendezvous onthe friendly side of the FEBA.

3-25

Page 62: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

NEW THREATS SUDDENLY APPEAR - TRAJECTORY ISAUTOMATICALLY MODIFIED AND DISPLAYED ON TSD

FIGURE 3-22

3-26

Page 63: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

THREAT AVOIDANCE PROFILE HAS BEEN ENGAGEDFIGURE 3-23

3-27

Page 64: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

4 PILOT TESTING

4.1 PURPOSE/IN2RODUCTION

The 4D IFTC system has the ability to respond to achanging tactical situation (as described by C2 inputs andon-board sensors) by generating alternate, flyable trajec-tories which minimize the threat risk. These trajectoriesare presented graphically on a situation display and asalphanumeric information on a status display. The on-boardtrajectory generation capability has made possible thepresentation of a higher level of information (the graphicrepresentation of the newly generated trajectory) for pilotacceptance/rejection. Rapid assessment of, and responseto, the presented information should increase pilot sur-vivability and enhance mission success.

Typically, the pilot becomes familiar with the trajectorybeing flown through the preflight planning process; how-ever, he has no familiarity with any trajectories generatedby the IFTC system in response to the changing tacticalenvironment. Since he is seeing it for the first time asit is presented on the displays, he must evaluate thesituation and rapidly act to accept or reject the newprofile.

Limited pilot testing of the IFTC system utilizing spe-cially programmed laboratory displays in a fixed basesimulator was accomplished during the final phase of theprogram. This test program was designed specifically toanswer the following questions.

a. Does this capability (trajectory generation andmission related parameters)

1. Assist the pilot by making the higher level ofdecision-making information available to him?

2. Increase the pilot's ability to respond to achanging tactical environment, to C2 redirects,to targets of opportunity?

3. Increase the pilot's probability of missionsuccess/survivability by increasing his aware-ness of threats and potential avenues ofescape?

b. How should this capability be displayed to the pilot?

1. Via existing instruments?

4-1

Page 65: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

2. Is a HUD required?

3. Is a map display required?

4. Is a vertical profile display required; if so,what kind?

c. Can this capability be utilized to decrease thepilot's preflight planning requirements?

Several experimental designs were evaluated during thedefinition phase of pilot testing. Although complex compar-ative experiments were examined, the financial constraintsof the program dictated that the experiments be kept rela-tively simple and that the quantity of subjects tested besmall. It was determined that the selected test subjectsshould be familiar with advanced electronic display sys-tems, with the combat environment, and have flown highperformance fighter aircraft so that training activitiescould be minimized.

In summary, the decision was made to collect subjectivedata in the form of questionnaires.

4.2 THE MISSION

The experiment scenario was for a tactical fight-er/bomber moving across a western Europe FEBA somewherenear the Fulda gap. He had a preplanned route involvingcompletion of a refuel operation, crossing of the FEBA atlow altitude, avoiding known SAM sites, making a coordi-nated air-to-ground weapon delivery on a target, moving toa second target, and returning across the FEBA at a speci-fied time and route for egress.

During the mission he was given several unplanned devia-tions in the form of newly detected SAMs, unfriendly air-craft, a target redirect, and a landing redirect. Hisprimary task was to complete the altered mission with itsweapon deliveries without violating the SAM zones and tonavigate the egress route. To do this he evaluated theinformation presented on the display system. Both thetraining mission and the test mission were very similar -only the route flown was different. Threats and redirectswere introduced in different numbers and sequences. Thetesting profile is shown in Figure 4-1.

4-2

. ............ - W-- -----

Page 66: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

/ ~It

z0

4-3

Page 67: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

4.3 PILOT TRAINING

Pilot training was accomplished as follows:

a. Prior to his arrival in Grand Rapids each pilot wasgiven a handbook 'similar to that described inSections 7.2 and 7.3) describing the cockpit equip-ment and its operation. It described the simulationsystem and the instruments that the pilot would beusing during the testing.

b. Upon his arrival in Grand Rapids the subject pilotwas given a classroom presentation discussing thecapabilities of the system, and the pilot operationsrequired to exercise each capability. Each pilotwas given the opportunity for questions and answersduring this presentation.

c. Each subject was then given "hands on" flight experi-ence in the simulator. Each pilot was allowedseveral hours of actual simulator time to famil-iarize himself with the operation and capabilitiesof the system. Training flights were arranged todemonstrate the various system capabilities to beexercised during the experiments. An experimenterwas available at the cockpit to answer any ques-tions.

4.4 PILOT BRIEFING

Preflight and post-flight briefings were conductedwith each experiment. These briefings were conducted in aconference room apart from the simulator site. During thepreflight briefing, training aids consisting of maps andcharts and the pilot's mission handbook were used to indi-cate the planned flight route and mission events. Thepreflight briefing was given just prior to the testflights. After each test run, the pilot was returned tothe conference room for a debriefing with the experimenter.After the debriefing, each pilot was requested to fill outthe post-experiment questionnaire.

4.4.1 Preflight Questionnaire

The preflight questionnaire, included in Appendix E,was designed to determine the following kinds of informa-tion.

Group A questions - Personal information relative tolocation, flight status and specialtraining.

4-4

Page 68: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Group B questions - Degree of famlilarity with ad'n.> .ielectronic display and intorm nxdistribution systems.

Group C questions - Personal feelings with respect t.)time relevance in tact i23r ii,and mission plannin;.

Group D questions - Preconceived not ias ai)oct IFTC-I lesystems.

As indicated, the Group B questions were intended to pro-vide insight into the subjects' familiarity with advanceddisplays and information systems. It was assumed thatsubjects familiar with these systems would not require asmuch training as those not familiar. Each subject indi-cated a familiarity with the systems in the Group B ques-tions and all subjects responded to the training veryrapidly.

Group C questions were directed primarily at time rele-vance, both in mission flight planning and in missionperformance.

With Question 1 it was found that preflight planning in-volved a careful study of such items as the strike zone,anticipated threats, weather, weapon options, strike tac-tics, and anticipated fuel use. During the experiment,fuel use was underlined as an important element by eachpilot's examination of the fuel estimates at the egress andrefuel/recovery points, before acceptance of any redirects.

The answers to Question 2 indicated that a typical pilotspends at least as much time planning his mission as hedoes in executing it. This supports the hypothesis that hemay find it difficult to accept newly generated trajec-tories with which he has had no planning familiarity,unless the cockpit displays can rapidly and adequatelyinform him of the new situation.

The answers to Questions 3 and 4 indicate that nuclearstrikes are currently the most time-critical missions --presumably because personal risk (flying through nuclearblast) is greatest.

The answers to the Group D questions indicate that thissubject group had an awareness of IFTC concepts and afeeling that such a system would decrease workload in thetactical environment. None of the subjects expressed anunfavorable attitude toward the system. This was indi-cated by numerically averaging their answers to the last

4-5

-l- - - - - | -

Page 69: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

question of Group D. In this question, positive responsosare ordered on the left of tho matrix, o posing ne iat1'eresponses are ordered to the right of tiie matrix, and aneutral opinion is expressed by checking the box midwaybetween the two responses. This question is repeateJ asQuestion 8 of the post-flight debriefing.

In general, all pilots expressed a high opinion of the IFTCconcept prior to the test flights, and they did not changetheir opinion after the test flights. A numerical averageof both preflight and post-flight responses falls betweenthe first and second boxes on the extreme left of thematr ix.

4.4.2 Post-Flight Questionnaire

The post-flight questionnaire is also included inAppendix E of this report. The following three areas ofinterest were addressed in the questionnaire:

a. How can the trajectory gen,-ation capability assistthe pilot?

b. How should the trajectory generator information bedisplayed?

c. Can this capability reduce preflight planning time?

In addition, a fourth question group was included to pro-vide the experimenters with insight on simulator realism/de-ficiencies.

d. How realistic was the mission/simulation?

The post-flight questions, grouped in these four cate-gories, are listed in Table 4-1.

TABLE 4-I (1 of 2)POST-FLIGHT QUESTIONNAIRE CATEGORIES

Group 1 Questions (How does trajectory gneratorassist?)

7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13

Group 2 Questions (How should information bedisplayed?)

14, 15, 16, 17, 25, 26, 27, 28 - DisplayInteraction

4-6

Page 70: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE 4-I (2 of 2)POST-FLIGHT QUESTIONNAIRE CATEGORIES

18 - Flight Director Information

19 - Autopilot Coupling

20 - Command Altitude

21, 22, 23 - Map Display (TSD)

24 - Heads-Up Display

29, 30, 31 - Vertical Situation Display

Group 3 Questions (Can it reduce training time?)

5, 6, 11

Group 4 Questions (Simulator/mission realism,performance)

1, 2, 3, 4

The following paragraphs summarize the answers to the fourquestion groups and integrate some of the pilot commentsmade during the debriefing.

Group 1 Questions

7. WHAT OPERATIONAL NEEDS DO YOU THINK A TRAJECTORY GENER-ATOR WILL SATISFY?

A Greatly improve single pilot's ability toaccurately navigate to target and absorb JTIDSinputs.

B Allow estimates of track crossing points andanticipation of intercept points; also todetermine intent of hostile aircraft.

C Ability to reach target after A/A or A/G threathas gotten pilot off course; ability to reactto redirect.

8. THE IFTC SYSTEM THAT COMPUTES FOUR-DIMENSIONAL PROFILES,PROVIDES PROFILE COMMAND AND ACCURATELY PREDICTS TIME OF

4-7

- . . . .

Page 71: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

ARRIVAL (AT A WAYPOINT OR TARGET) IN RESPONSE TO CHANG-ING THREATS AND EVASIVE MANEUVERS WOULD REDUCE PILOTWORKLOAD IN TACTICAL SITUATIONS.

REQUIRED A C B UNNECESSARY

EASY A B,C DIFFICULT

CLEAR A B,C CONFUSING

HELP A, HINDRANCEB,C

SAFE C AB DANGEROUS

ACCEPTABLE A, UNACCEPTABLE

BC

9. DO YOU FEEL THAT A ONE-MAN CREW CAN HANDLE THE TACTICALENVIRONMENT WORKLOAD? A. Yes/B. Yes/C. No. EXPLAIN(I.E., WITH AUTOPILOT)

A Becomes more difficult with darkness, weather

and mobile targets

B With proper training; pilot needs to be expertin hardware operation.

C Not with added systems and sensors projectedfor the near future.

10. DO YOU FEEL THAT THE IFTC SYSTEM WOULD IMPROVE MISSIONTIME OF ARRIVAL ACCURACY?

significant noimprovement improvement

C A B

12. DO YOU FEEL THAT THE THREAT AVOIDANCE FEATURE IS BEN-EFICIAL?

significant nobenefit benefit

A B

4-8

A -_____

Page 72: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

EXPLAIN:

A Yes, survival potential increases directly withsituation awareness.

B I have no other way to learn of threats priorto entering the threat envelope.

C Yes, use of intel. info. drawn on maps andsupplemented with RHAW, etc., just isn't accu-rate enough.

13. DO YOU FEEL THAT THE CAPTURE PROFILE FEATURE IS BENE-FICIAL?

significant nobenefit benefit

C AB

A No comment.

B Must insure that a request for info on a cap-ture point does not result in a plan change.

C The ability to get back on course after avoid-ing a threat is a must. Not too easy withcurrent aircraft systems.

The Group 1 answers and comments point toward the abilityof the IFTC system to generate a "return to plan" path(after diversion due to threats) as one of the biggestadvantages to the pilot. Unplanned diversions can impose asevere navigation workload on the pilot. This capabilityreduces the "position relative to path" bookkeeping require-ments and instantly provides updated information regardingtime and fuel status at all future waypoints, as well asthe steering information to return to the path.

Group 2 Questions

These questions fall into seven categories as indicated inTable 4-I. The first category addressed is display inter-action. This relates primarily to the interaction betweeninformation presented on the TSD and status display. Thisinteraction provides more pertinent data necessary fordecision-making to the pilot. It is accomplished by pro-gramming the computer to integrate incoming threat informa-tion with existing position and planned trajectory data and

4-9

Page 73: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

to place the resulting new trajectory, if required, on the

TSD and status display for the pilot's consideration andengagement.

The answers to this group of questions indicate that pro-

grammed interaction is a desirable feature. More work,however, must be accomplished to perfect the interactionsequence and the format of the information presented. Asan example, it was found during debriefing that the sub-jects would likely have made an immediate accept/rejectdecision on the presented trajectory if fuel status at the

refuel waypoint had been displayed automatically.

Programmed display interaction is a must in an IFTC typesystem. Its design, as with most control/display design,is an iterative process. Interactive display design activ-ity must continue as the IFTC concept is further explored,expanded, and applied.

Group 2 Category 1 Questions

14. WHAT IS YOUR REACTION TO THE PROGRAMMED INTERACTION BE-TWEEN THE MODE SELECTION, THE STATUS DISPLAY, AND MAPDISPLAY?

A Still not familiar enough with all the combinationsto form a hard opinion.

B Need simpler way to call up desired page; some info

can be displayed on map display.

C Logic is probably too complicated; too many switch

actions required.

15. WOULD THIS FEATURE (THE PROGRAMMED INTERACTION) REDUCEPILOT WORKLOAD?

significant noreduction reduction

A

B C

16. RATE DIFFICULTY OF THE FOLLOWING:

A. BUILDING AND INSERTING THE FLIGHT PLAN

simple B impossible

A C

4-10

Page 74: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

B. CHANGING THE FLIGHT PLAN

simple B impossible

A

C. OBTAINING PRESENT POSITION INFORMATION

simple impossible

B/A/C

D. DECIPHERING DATA LINK INFORMATION

simple impossible

A B I C I -

Group 2 Category 1 Questions - continued

17. WAS THE INFORMATION SUPPLIED BY THE SPECIAL DATA PAGESINSUFFICIENT, SUFFICIENT OR EXCESSIVE?

WHAT INFORMATION WAS MISSING?

A Format could be improved; used in conjunction withmoving map, item C. (above) would go right to thetop of the effectiveness chart.

B Information excessive in some cases.

C Predicted gnd speed to go along with new predictedpath. Could possibly set some minimum energy statewithin system so A/C would not slow too much. Keepthe MACH up!

WHAT INFORMATION WAS EXCESSIVE?

A Difficult to comment intelligently at this point onthe learning curve.

B Max-Min TOAs; other info with no data inserted.

C N/A

25. WHAT IMPROVEMENT/CHANGES WOULD YOU LIKE TO SEE?

A Improved format on data page; improved switchabil-ity.

4-11

I - - ----.---

Page 75: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

B 1) simple access to information; 2) method of ac-knowledgement other than some action with infopanel; 3) TOT & Fuel displayed on map during re-directs.

C Add more functions to the system (TACAN, IFF, etc.)

26. WHAT WOULD YOU LIKE TO RETAIN (WITH OR WITHOUT MODIFI-CATIONS)?

A MAP CRT; some combination of the present data pages.

B Autoflight and autothrottle; debriefing capability -

actually I would retain everything with minimalmodif icat ion.

C All functions.

27. WOULD ANY ADDITIONAL DISPLAYS BE USEFUL?

A Moving map.

B No.

C No.

28. WOULD YOU LIKE TO REARRANGE THE INSTRUMENT PANEL LAY-OUT?

A No, seems reasonable for intended tasks.

B No.

C No.

18. RATE THE DESIRABILITY OF THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR COMMANDS.

A Not sure if I would like raw deviation or flt.director commands.

B Essential.

C A must.

Flight director information pertaining to the plannedtrajectory was generally a benefit in the system.

4-12

Page 76: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Group 2 Category 3 Questions

19. WHAT FUNCTIONS DO YOU FEEL NEED TO BE COUPLED WITH THEAUTOPILOT?

A Unsure.

B Those coupled now are sufficient.

C Just as they are.

Coupling trajectory based command information to theautopilot, autothrottle is a desirable feature.

Group 2 Category 4 Questions

20. WERE THE ALTITUDE COMMANDS SUFFICIENT?

A Yes.

B Yes.

C Yes.

The vertical scale altimeter was modified for thisexperiment to provide a readout (both numeric and com-mand bug) of instantaneous computer-generated commandaltitude. This capability was lacking in the earliertransport system and was found desirable in this sys-tem.

Group 2 Category 5

21. HOW READABLE WAS THE CRT MAP DISPLAY?

A All right for the amount of info displayed.

B Very easily read on 40 and 80 nm scale; decreasingclarity as scale increased.

C Very good; Map scale increase/decrease functions areconfusing; possibly should be re-named.

22. DO YOU FEEL THAT A PROJECTED MAP DISPLAY WOULD BE BENE-FICIAL?

significant nobenefit benefit

A BC

4-13

Page 77: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

23. WHAT IS YOUR FEELING ON A MAP DISPLAY?

required not required

A B

Map information is very important to the pilot. Pro-jected map information would be useful if the mapprojection were the same format as the map used forpreflight planning, to reinforce the pilot's familiar-ity with it.

Group 2 Category 6

24. DO YOU FEEL THAT A HUD IS NEEDED/REQUIRED?

required not required

A,C,B

EXPLAIN:

A Again situation awareness would go out of sight!All new fighters use Huds. Now would be a good timeto start investigating the interface with IFTC.

B Allows head-up evaluation of the present head-

down information. Allows visual search for hostileaircraft and targets.

C Increased technology adds more systems and sensors.Need all the help you can get, especially in Europe.

The interaction of HUD and IFTC information should beexplored since pilots flying IFTC in a tactical situa-tion will very likely be flying a HUD-eguipped air-craft. The majority of flights will be "head up" andIFTC information must be integrated to be seen.

Group 2 Category 7

29. DO YOU FEEL THAT THE INFORMATION PRESENTED ON THE VSDMODE IS BENEFICIAL?

significant notbenefit required

A BC

4-14

-----

Page 78: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

30. WHEN IS THE VSD MOST USEFUL?

A Short flight legs with large alt. As.

B I use it at turn points to (verify) vertical profileto next point.

C At low altitudes (TF), or near landing.

31. DO YOU HAVE A DESIRED FORMAT FOR THE VSD?

A Present looks good with some means of portrayinglocal topography.

B No.

C As is.

Presentation of vertical (altitude/distance) profileinformation is important to a thorough understanding ofthe presented profile. The along-track distance/alti-tude VSD presentation is useful information and shouldbe retained.

It would be desirable to investigate the further inte-gration of the vertical and horizontal profile informa-tion (HSD and VSD modes) into a single multidimensionaldisplay.

Group 3 Questions

5. WHEN DID YOU FEEL COMFORTABLE WITH THE USE OF THE SYS-TEM?

A Still not comfortable.

B Comfortable for testing mission; need few hours moretraining.

C All through the testing mission.

6. GIVE YOUR ESTIMATE OF ADDITIONAL TRAINING TIME THATWOULD BE REQUIRED IF THIS SYSTEM WERE IMPLEMENTED IN AFIGHTER.

A Revised format and better switches would help more

than additional training.

B I day ground school and 4-6 hours in the simulator.

C 1 to 2 weeks.

4-15

I

Page 79: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

11. DO YOU FEEL THAT THE IFTC SYSTEM WOULD REDUCE MISSIONPLANNING TIME?

significant significant

reduct ion increase

A,B C

EXPLAIN:

A Especially with DTM*.

B Yes, assuming that inputs were reliable, only wouldneed to check map against plan for fuel est., TOT,etc.

C Probably not much change since the crew would stillneed to get intel., weather briefing and do pre-liminary flight planning.

IFTC is a complex system but carefully designed con-trol/display interaction can both reduce the requiredpilot training time and increase the operational effec-tiveness.

Group 4 Questions

1. DID YOU FEEL THE SCENARIO PRESENTED WAS REALISTIC OFTHOSE PROJECTED BY OPERATIONAL COMMANDS? WHAT WOULDMAKE IT MORE REALISTIC?

A Yes.

B Too many diverts; SAM redirects excellent; more infoon Bogies.

C Yes. Could increase threat density.

2. WHAT DID YOU NOTICE MOST DURING THE FLIGHT?

A Too long to react to changes (more push-buttontraining).

B Absence of radio chatter; appearance of SAM sites.

C Map presentation, threat dynamics and route flexi-bility.

*DATA TRANSFER MODULE - Device used for rapid loading of

airborne computer - not implementedfor this program.

4-16

Page 80: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

3. WHICH DO YOU CONSIDER MOST IMPORTANT (CHECK ONE):

Xxx MISSION ACCURACY

REDUCED WORKLOAD

OTHER (SPECIFY)

4. WHAT DID YOU USE AS A JUDGE OF PERFORMANCE OF THE SYS-

TEM?

A I/F with the pilot.

B Ability to retrieve information.

C Ability to avoid threats, accept redirects and hittargets; probably could not have done in today'saircraft.

In general, the subjects felt the scenario presented

was realistic. The equipment worked well during thesimulation. The mission and equipment illustrated thecapability and its use in a tactical environment.

4-17

_ ,I I I

Page 81: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

5 FLIGHT PROFFLE SYNTHESIS/

/"

5.1 FOUM-DIMENSIONAL TRAJECTORY GENERATOR

The IFTC concept is built upon using an on-board digi-tal computer to generate a real-time, four-dimensional tra-

jectory in space from inputs from the pilot or a data link.

The basic requirements for the trajectory generator includethe ability to,

0 Construct in real-time a curved three-dimensionalpath emanating from the aircraft and continuingthrough a specified series of points in space

* Use specified aircraft velocities and/or constraintsto construct a flyable "speed/time" profile.

The 4-D trajectory generator consists of three primaryparts. The first part is the horizontal path generatorwhich uses constant radius turns and straight line segmentsin joining the aircraft and successive points in the mis-sion profile. The second part consists of the verticalpath generator which constructs constant flight path anglesor spirals to change altitudes between profile points. Thethird part is the speed profile and time schedule generatorwhich computes a flyable speed/time schedule for the mis-sion profile. These basic blocks are shown in Figure 5-1.Integrated into the 4-D trajectory generator is a threatavoidance algorithm to determine the intersection of the

4-D profile and a defined lethal airspace volume. If aprofile intersection occurs, new trajectory points arecreated or existing points are moved in order to establisha profile that avoids the threat volume.

5.1.1 Waypoint Parameters

The trajectory generator allows a greater flexibili-ty for curved horizontal path and mission synthesis by al-lowing, but not requiring, many parameters at each waypointto be specified. The minimum requirements for a waypoint

are that the x, y, z position of the point be entered intothe mission list, while a complete point definition may in-clude the following parameters in addition to the requiredspace coordinates:

* Time of Arrival* Track Angle0 Airspeed* Inbound or Outbound Flight Path Angle" Wind Magnitude" Wind Direction

5-1

Page 82: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TRAJECTORYPOINTS

TRAJECTORY M'ODIFICATIONSFOR THREAT

THREAT AVO IA CE VOLUNES

HORI ZONTAL

VEHICLE PATH GENERATORPERFORMAI:CEPARAMETERSVERTICALPARAMTERSPATH GENERATOR

I SPEED/TIME

P ROF ILES

4-D TRAJECTORYPARAMETERS

TRAJECTORY GENERATOR BLOCK DIAGRAMFIGURE 5-1

In general, the use of the waypoint determines the numberof parameters which are specified. For example, an ordi-nary waypoint may have only its position specified while aweapon delivery initial point (IP) may also have airspeed,track angle, and time-of-arrival specified.

5.1.2 Threat Avoidance

Threat avoidance algorithms have been integrated in-to the 4-D trajectory generation. For the IFTC study, thethreat avoidance algorithm uses the known threat locations

and determines those profile segments and waypoints whichpenetrate the lethal range envelopes. The avoidance algo-

rithms will either move the location of a waypoint insidethe avoidance area or add a waypoint to the mission planwhich is outside of the avoidance area. See Figure 5-2 foravoidance examples.

5-2

A-

Page 83: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

.;4 PO'NT

MOVE? -

WP

WPP

THREAT AVOIDANCE EXAMPLESFIGURE 5-2

5.1.3 Horizontal Path Generation

The horizontal path generator developed for the IFTCprogram determines the shortest path between two points inspace. In general, if the points in question are not clos-

er than four turn radii, the shortest flyable path betweenthem consists of an initial turn, a straight segment and afinal turn. This type of trajectory is computed only ifthe "to" waypoint has a specified ground track angle to besatisfied at the instant of flyover, as might be the casefor a weapon delivery or rendezvous IP.

If the track angle is not specified, the computed trajec-tory will reduce to a simple turn followed by a straightsegment toward the "to" waypoint. Waypoints without a

5-3

-A-I- I I

Page 84: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

specified track angle are used as generil navigationpoints. The trajectory generator does not force "'lyover"of these points, but will smoothly and predictably transi-tion from an inbound track to an outbound track.

To determine the total mission profile the waypoints areprocessed by the trajectory algorithm in "from-to" pairs,starting with the aircraft as the first point, and continu-ing until the mission list is exhausted. Any changes tothe mission which affect the trajectory result in immediatere-computing of the total profile. During the generationof the profile two basic types of waypoints are considered.These types are:

Waypoint Type Description

1. Fixed Track ("Flyover") The track angle over thewaypoint is specified inthat the aircraft willfly over the waypointwith a known track angle.

2. Round ("Non-Flyover") The track angle at thewaypoint is not speci-fied. In this case theaircraft is not requiredto fly over the waypointbut only pass near it.

The above waypoint types will be referred to as Fixed andRound waypoints, respectively, in the discussion to follow.

In generating the horizontal portion of the 4-D profile itwas assumed that each turn be made with a constant radius,and a constant airspeed. This assumption simplifies thecurved portion of the horizontal trajectory generator butwas found to complicate speed/time prediction calculationsunder certain conditions at the waypoints in that no air-craft acceleration was allowed during the turns. Instantan-eous roll changes were assumed in the trajectory calcula-tion, the effects of finite roll rates on time and distancecalculations are negligible. Using these basic assump-tions, the ground track generated by the trajectory genera-tor is comprised of a series of turns and straight line seg-ments tangent to the turns. The turns are found at or nearthe waypoints depending on the type of waypoint and therelative positions of the waypoints. See Figure 5-3.

The 4-D trajectory generator uses the GENT (trajectory gen-erator) and TIMER (time/speed scheduler) subroutines to com-pute the mission profile parameters. (See Appendix C for

5-4

" I II II II

Page 85: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

7 ,T&,T 7 L I 'T PATH A %L E

FIXE'- HEADIN A wAYPOINT

E ,-HA:lAN SEC IF A E T WAYPOINT

GROUND TRACK AND VERTICAL PROFILESFIGURE 5-3

generalized flowchart of the GENT and TIMER subroutines.)The execution of the subroutines described below are con-trolled by the GENTEX subroutine (trajectory generatorexecutive program). These subroutines may be considered asprofile building blocks in the generation of the missionprofile and are called from the GENT subroutine.

5.1.3.1 CS Subroutine (curved-straight)

This subroutine, CS, is used to generate thetrajectory shown in Figure 5-4.

INPUTS

Parameters Description

XF, YF Starting position (aircraft)R Radius of turnXT, YT Fly-to point

Initial heading at XF, YF

5-5

Page 86: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

- -V

2 It-

CURVED-STRAIGHT SEGMENTFIGURE 5-4

Using the inputs listed above, this subroutine computes theground-track parameters of the minimum length flight pathbetween two given points.

The desired ground track consists of a circular turn fol-lowed by a straight line segment. Assuming the two way-points are distinct, it is first necessary to determine thedirection of the turn based on whether the second pointlies to the right or left of the directed line that passesthrough the first point at a specified heading. When thedirection of the turn is determined, the center of the turnis then computed. The direction of the turn is determinedby:

H = PIMOD(7T/2-)

SIGN = SIGN((YT-YF)COS(H) - (XT-XF)SIN(H)

5-6

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - -i

Page 87: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

where the SGN () function and the PIMOD () functions areshown in Figure 5-5. The turn center is determined by

XC = X - R*SIGN*SIN(H)

YC = Y + R'SIGN*COS(H)

If it is determined that the fly-to-point is within the ini-tial turn circle, an error flag is set and the subroutineis exited. If the waypoint placements are valid, it isthen necessary to determine the angular extent of the turn,VC". To determine Oc, it is first necessary to calculatea1 , a 2 , S3, which are the heading of the line from the cen-ter of the turn to the first point, the heading of the linefrom the center of the turn to the second point, and thelength of the straight line segment respectively.

a I = PIMOD(H-SIGN'/2)

C( = TAN_ 1 (, T2~ R2 )X

S3 = ((XTXC) 2 + (yTYc) 2_

Using the variables computed above, the angular extent ofthe turn is:

PC = CL 2 - 1 - SIGN • a3

The length of the turn Sok is:

S = 1,cI.R

The ending point of the initial turn and the heading of thestraight segment are:

S= PIMOD(H+ C)

XTE XC + R.SIGN.SIN(OS)

YTE -YC R'SIGN'COS(S 5)

Page 88: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

\ I \1T

STEP PROCESS SlIP

1 t = PIMOD(r/2-

2 S, = SINl ), CH.COS(H)

3 DX = XT-XF, DY = YT-YF 4

4 IF DXI I !DY1 = 0.0 2 .

S SIGN = SGN(DY*ClI - DX*St)I

6 SIGNR = SIGN*R 7

7 XC = XF- SIGNR* SH 8

8 YC = YF+ SIGNRI* Cif 9

9 D = (XT-XC)" + (YT-YC) - R- 10

10 IF(D.LT.0) 28,11

11 S3 = SQRT(D) 12

13 al = PIMOD(H - SIGN* T/2) 14

14 a2 = ATAN2(YT- YC, XT- XC) iS

15 IF SIGN < 0 18,16

16 IF a2 < axl 17,20

17 ai2 = x2 + 2n 20

18 IF c2 > al 19,20

19 a2 = a2 - 2 20

20 az3 = ATAN(S3/R) 21

21 ic = c2 - al - SIGN* ct3 23

22 'pc = 0.0 23

* T,F response to IF statement.

CS TABULAR FLOW CHARTFIGURE 5-5 (1 of 2)

5-8

Page 89: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

NEXT

STEi-P PROCESS ST VP

S= R *

2S = PIMOD (I+

25 XE X + SIGNR * SIN( ,S) 26

26 Y Yc SIPAR * ('OS(,, s ) 2"

27 RETIURN

28 "WAYPOINTS TOO CLOSE" 29

29 RETURN

SGN(X) FUNCTION

1 SGN = 1 2

2 IF(X) < 0 3,4

3 SGN = -1 4

4 RETURN

PIMOD(Y) FUNCTION

1 PIMOD = Y 2

2 IF PIHOD 7,3

3 IF PIMOD > 4,5

4 PIMOD = PIMOD - 2n 3

5 IF PIMOD < -Tr 6,7

6 PIMOD = PIMOD + 27 5

7 RETURN

CS TABULAR FLOW CHARTFIGURE 5-5 (2 of 2)

5-9

I'

"" {_ . - i I i I l

Page 90: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

OUTPUTS

Parameters Description

XC, YC Turn center

XTE, YTE End of turn

C Angular extent of turn

SO Length of turn

S3 Length of straight line

Os Heading of straight line

The CS subroutine solves the geometry problem that wasshown in Figure 5-4 to obtain the outputs listed above. Atabular flow chart is shown in Figure 5-5 and a detailedflow chart in Figure C-4.

5.1.3.2 CSC Subroutine (curved-straight-curved)

The CSC subroutine determines the trajectory be-tween two fixed waypoints by using the basic CS subroutinein an iterative algorithm. Figure 5-6 shows the thatiterative CSC subroutine is finished when the angulardifference between the two S3 segments is less than aspecified value. The iterative trajectory algorithm is giv-en below.

CSC Algorithm

1. Use the CS subroutine to generate the trajectory fromWPA to WPB. (See Step 1.)

2. Use the CS subroutine to generate the trajectory fromWPB to point a, where point a is the end of the curvedpath generated in Step 1.

3. Use the CS subroutine to generate the trajectory fromWPA to point c, where point c is the end of the turngenerated in Step 2.

4. Check angular difference between 03A and 03B. If it isgreater than a predetermined bound, go to Step 2, other-wise stop.

5-10

Page 91: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

A

V

mQ

m m m m C-)CL -~ a. z

0'

U)

zU Ci 0

mrz~I

m

1-4 -4

0

UU)

(t~ U

cr a:a: a: a: y

a. ~- a. CL -~--.-

0.. 4 4

w -

H-U~)

5-il

4~iEzrn

Page 92: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

5.1.3.3 RNDWP Subroutine

The final type of trajectory is generated by thesubroutine, RNDWP, when a heading at the waypoint is notspecified. Three points are required to effectively usethe RNDWP subroutine. See Figure 5-7.

WPA

ST

*1 L L 2 *

B ll(XA,YA) tXA,Y8 )

ROUND WAYPOINT TRAJECTORY

FIGURE 5-7

INPUTS

Parameters Description

XA, YA Starting point position

XB, YB Ending point position

R Turning radius

WPAX, WPAY Waypoint position(Figure 5-8 and C-6)

Using the inputs listed above, the RNDWP subroutine is usedto compute the ground track parameters of the flight pathdefined by three points.

To determine the necessary output data, the headings of thestraight line segments are first determined:

TAN-I 'WPAY -YA

p2 TAN- 1~ YB-PWPAX -xA

Y IXBWPAx

B AX

5-12

Page 93: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

MA VSTEP PROCESS STEP

I 1 = ATAN 2 (WPAY-YA' WP AX- A

2 y = ATAN2 (Y -WP x -WP )______E AY' B AX

3 Si = SIN(y1 ), Cl = COS(]) 4

4 SIGN = SGN((YB-WPAy)*Cl-(XB-WPAXQ*S)

5 IF SIGN LESS THAN 0.0 8,6

6 IF v2 < ,10

7 02 =42 + 2Tr 10

8 IF 02 > I 9,10

9 02 = 2 - 2 T10

10 OW = 2 - 1 11

i1 SIDE = R*TAN(JoWp/2) 12

12 Ll=((WPAx-XA) 2+(WPAYYA) 2 )- SIDE 13

13 IF LI LESS THAN 0.0 20,14

14 L2=((XB-WPAx) 2+(YB°WPAY) 2 ) _SIDE

1s IF L2 LESS THAN 0.0 20,16

16 ST =R * W{ 17

17 X a=WP AX-SIDE*C1,Y a=WP AY-SIDE*S1 18

18 XB=WPAX-SIDE*COS (ip2), 19

Ya=WPAY-SIDE*SIN( ( 2 )

19 RETURN

20 "WAYPOINTS TOO CLOSE" 21

21 RETURN

RNDWP TABULAR FLOW CHARTFIGURE 5-8

5-13

i

Page 94: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

In addition, the magnitude and the direction of the turn isdetermined:

SIGN z SGN((YB-WPAY )COSW, - (XB WPAx)SIN ,)

Based on the value of SIGN, the value of 'f2 is compared tothe value of ;61 and is either changed by ±2n' or is leftunchanged. The angular extent of the turn is then deter-mined:

The arc length of the turn and the straight path segmentsare then determined by:

sT = R*,I I

S- R*TAN(IpW/2)

L, = ((VPAx-XA) 2 + (WPAY-YA) 2)1/2 _ SM

L2 = ((XB- WPAx) 2 + YBWPAY )1/2 SM

If either of the straight segment lengths are shorter thanSM, where SM is the distance from WPA to either a or b, anerror flag is set and the program is exiteJ.

The starting and ending points of the turn are determined:

Xa = WPAX - SM sinp1

Ya = WPAY - SM coso l

Xb WPAX + SM 5 in*2

Yb = WPAY + SM C0s*2

5-14

44p 'g-- . .

Page 95: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

OUTPUTS

a, b Turn-straight segment tangent point

XC, YC Turn center

0 W Angular extent of turn

4I, 02 Straight segment headings

ST Arc length of turn

LI, L2 Straight segment length

The RNDWP subroutine positions a prespecified turning ra-dius tangent to the straight line segments A-WPA and WPA-B.It can be noted that as the angular separation between theline segments becomes smaller, the turn moves away fromWPA. If this separation becomes too great, a nominal head-ing is temporarily assigned to WPA and the CSC subroutineis then used to generate the trajectory.

A sequence of calls are made to the RNDWP, CS, and CSC sub-routines in the process of building a trajectory whichstarts at the aircraft and which is based on the headingsspecified at each waypoint. The subroutine GENT determinesthe necessary calling sequence required for each profilealong with calculating the vertical profile and other param-eters to be used by the speed/time algorithm.

5.1.4 Vertical Path Generation

For an altitude change between waypoints i and i +1,the vertical profile generator considers three types ofvertical paths:

a. A constant vertical flight path angle (FPA) main-tained between the two waypoints. (Indicated by "c"in Figure 5-9).

b. A two-segment trajectory consisting of a zero FPAsegment and a segment having the specified FPA.(Indicated by "a" in Figure 5-9).

c. A spiral descent or ascent, whenever aerodynamicconstraints or a pilot-inserted FPA eliminates theuse of the first two types of vertical paths forachieving the altitude change. (Indicated by "b" inFigure 5-9).

5-15

_r o

Page 96: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

I I

VERTICAL PATH GENERATOR OUTPUTSFIGURE 5-9

When unspecified, the FPA for the ith profile segment iscomputed as

-1 thYi = tan ((H i+l-H/i segment length)

For this type of altitude change, tlhe aircraft flies thetype "a" vertical profile listed above. When an FPA is spe-cified, the profile generated -- either a two-segment orspiral profile -- depends on the value of the specifiedangle and the altitude differences between the "from" and"to" waypoints.

5-16

A-

Page 97: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Assuming a two-segment profile is required, the profile gen-

erator determines where along the horizontal profile the

start of an ascent or descent at the specified FPA will sat-

isfy the specified altitude at the destination. (See Fig-

ure 5-9, line "a"). If the specified FPA is such that a

spiral descent or ascent is required, the spiral is gener-

ated at the waypoint where the FPA is not specified. (See

Figure 5-9, line "b"). It is assumed by the vertical tra-jectory generator that only one FPA can be specified be-

tween any two waypoints. In addition, the FPA constraintsare calculated for each waypoint using the maximum avail-able thrust, the predicted drag, 'the mass of the aircraft,and gravitational acceleration.

5.2 SPEED/TIME PREDICTION

The speed/time predictor algorithm (TIMER) developedfor IFTC was designed to satisfy the speed and/or time-of-arrival (TOA) constraints as well as satisfy all aircraftand trajectory constraints associated with a waypoint(s) ina given flight plan.

The speed and/or TOA constraints problem is solved in twostages. The first stage positions acceleration segmentsbetween waypoints while the second stage modulates theintermediate velocity flown between waypoints. When thespeed/time predictor algorithm is executed, each stage isapplied to the flight trajectory generated by the 4-Dtrajectory generator in an effort to null TOA errors whilesatisfying the flight plan constraints. See Figure 5-10for a general overview of the operation of TIMER.

The first stage of TIMER is considered as the accelerationpositioning stage and is based on the ability to repositionthe acceleration/deceleration segment found between the"from" and "to" waypoints. If the velocities at the way-points are equal, this stage loses its ability to controlthe aircraft's TOA and is bypassed in the speed/time calcu-lations.

To further clarify the operation of the first stage of thespeed/time control algorithm, consider a "from-to" waypointpair with specified velocities and TOAs at each point. Ifthe TOA constraints are temporarily ignored, the aircraftcould make a speed change at any number of points along thE

trajectory between the waypoints in order to satisfy t,'

"to" waypoint arrival velocity. Figure 5-11 shows a pesible velocity profile found between a "from-to" way'pair. The points P1, P2, P3 are three possible po,'which acceleration (deceleration) could occur.approaches the "from" waypoint the time required •"from-to" waypoint path decreases. Conversp..K

5-17

-I -I -------

Page 98: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

AAO476% LMA SICER INC GRAD RAPIDS MI INSTRUP09 DIV F/4 9/8UUASIBILITY STUDT FOR 2IK6ERAlO PLIONT TUAJECTORT CasflIhs (FIG-Micu3NOW 70 0 L COMSS L ADDISP )i ARIMS Psaosin.,y-C-as

UNCASIFED D-OR067 AFO-TH-79-5123 O.2-4I

Page 99: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

AN ACCELE'ATI.I" PROFL IS CA, L(!!LA[iJ T E

SPEED AND TIE PROFILES THAT YEET THE iEC:TE?

TU11E CF APQIV.ALq 'IND SPEEDS

HORI ZN 'L/VERT ICAL

PATH PA_'JETERS

IN!ITIALIZE INIU' LSPECIFIED SDEE-SACCELERATIO P OFILE \VFHICLE CONSTP;11TS

CORRECT ACCELERATIONL COMPUTE SPEED

PROFILE TO '1NIV, IZE AND TI11E

TPIE EPROP PROFILES

NO ERROR SPECIFIED TOACONVERGED

ESISPEED/T IME

PROFILE PARAMETERS

TIMER OPERATIONAL OVERVIEWFIGURE 5-10

acceleration point P2 approaches the "to" waypoint, thetime required to fly the "from-to" waypoint path increases.The flight time changes which result from the movement ofthe acceleration segment is expressed by:

F D- DVT DA DVTT V V + TACC (1)

5-18

Page 100: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

- - - - - - - - - - -- -

v 0 T

ACCELERATION POSITIONINGFIGURE 5-11

simplifying (1)

' A + 2 DIE

T ACC V V VT\VFVT-

where

FT total flight time for "from-to" path lengthof distance D (seconds)

TACC = time required to accelerate from FV to VT.

This time is considered constant (seconds).

DA = length of acceleration segment (feet).

VF,VT = required velocities at "from" and "to" way-points, respectively (feet/sec).

DVT = length of path between end of accelerationsegment and "to" waypoint.

D = total length of "from-to" path as computedby trajectory generator.

5-19

Page 101: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

As can be seen in Equation 2 with the "from" and "to" way-point velocities held constant and the acceleration termsheld constant, the flight time, FT, becomes proportional tothe length of DVT. In addition, as the differences it, VFand VT increase, the amount of flight time "control" in-creases. It should be noted that if VF = VT, then thisstage of the speed/time algorithm is bypassed for the "from-to" waypoint pair processing.

By knowing the velocity, acceleration, and path length pa-rameters, the total amount of flight time which can beadded to (subtracted from) a given trajectory can be deter-mined. Therefore, knowing the desired TOA at a given way-point and the current time, the actual aircraft TOA can bedetermined. If the actual TOA and desired TOA are notequal, adjustment of DVT can be made to null the TOA error.The amount of flight time which can be added to (subtractedfrom) the total flight time is determined by the pathlength(s), aircraft acceleration, and waypoint velocity dif-ferences. Thus the amount of TOA error which can be re-moved is limited. When all acceleration positioning stagecontrol has been expended and there still exists a time er-ror, the speed/time algorithm will switch to the secondstage of TOA control in a further attempt to null the TOAerrors.

The second stage of the speed/time algorithm nulls TOA er-rors by adjusting the intermediate velocity (see figure5-12). When this stage is entered, all stage one time con-trol has been expended, leaving the acceleration (decelera-tion) segment either immediately following the "from" way-point or just prior to the "to" point in the "from-to"pair. For the example shown in Figure 5-12, line "a" canbe considered the starting point for the intermediate velo-city speed change stage. If it is determined that the TOAis to be reduced further (have the aircraft arrive soonerat the waypoint), the intermediate velocity is moved to "b"with its max velocity being found at line "c".

The total time required to fly the "from-to" path havingits velocity profile shown in Figure 5-12 "b" line is

S3 V3-V V-V T

T V a a

5-20

7 ' - -- .... -

Page 102: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

INTERMEDIATE VELOCITY PROFILEFIGURE 5-12

where

TT = total flight time for the "from-to" path.

S3 = length of intermediate velocity segment.

VI = intermediate velocity.

VF,VT = specified "from-to" velocities, respective-ly.

aa,ad = aircraft acceleration and deceleration dur-ing velocity changes.

Therefore, since VF, VT, aa, and ad remain constant, thevalue of VI can be varied to adjust TT to null any remain-ing TOA errors.

5-21

Page 103: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

The constraints placed on the velocity envelope shown inFigure 5-12 are determined prior to execution of the speed/time algorithm. The constraints primarily involve velocityand acceleration limits as determined by the aircraft typeand original 4-D profile as well as fuel load, weapon load,and environment. If the maximum/minimum velocity con-straints are reached, TOA control stops and a TOA errorwill occur. This TOA error indicates that no further timeadjustment can be made through changes in the intermediatevelocity, and still operate within the a/c performance con-straints and control law authority.

5-22

Page 104: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

6 GUIDANCE AND CONTROL

6.1 GUIDANCE LAWS

The guidance laws are described in two sections. Thefirst section describes the calculation of several refer-ence variables which define the desired aircraft flightalong the 4D profile. The second section defines theguidance errors which were used to steer the aircraft alongthe 4D trajectory.

6.1.1 Reference Aircraft Trajectory Parameters

The inputs needed to compute these reference tra-jectory parameters are provided by the trajectory genera-tor. The trajectory generator stores these inputs in anarray in memory that is indexed by a from-to-waypoint pairidentifier. Several of these inputs apply to only certainportions of the waypoint pair horizontal trajectory seg-ment. In particular, each waypoint pair segment may con-sist of up to seven subsegments which are defined in Table6-I.

TABLE 6-I

SUBSEGMENT DEFINITIONS

Subsegment Definition

1 Circular arc which connects the "from"waypoint to the start of a straight linesegment.

2 Straight path distance flown with veloc-ity specified for "from" waypoint.

3 Straight path distance to accelerate ordecelerate to an intermediate velocity.

4 Straight path distance flown at a com-puted intermediate velocity.

5 Straight path distance to accelerate ordecelerate to the velocity specified forthe "to" waypoint.

6 Straight path distance flown with veloc-ity specified for "to" waypoint.

7 Circular arc which connects the end ofthe straight path to the "to" waypoint.

6-1

Page 105: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Summarizing, it is necessary for the guidance laws to com-pute a waypoint pair identifier index and a subsegmentindex in order to retrieve the desired inputs from computermemory.

A flow chart of the reference trajectory parameter calcula-tions is shown in Figure 6-1. In this figure, an index isinitially assigned a value of 1 to correspond to the firstsubsc gment of a particular waypoint pair. On first pass, aset of parameters corresponding to a particular subsegmentof the waypoint pair is computed. The guidance law deter-mines whether a subsegment is defined for a particular way-point pair by examining the subsegment distances computedby the trajectory generator. If a subsegment distance isequal to zero, that subsegment is not defined. In thiscase, the subsegment index is incremented and the next sub-segment is examined. If a subsegment is defined, a set ofparameters will be computed for use in subsequent computa-tions. The distance the aircraft travels on the subsegmentis calculated and compared with the length computed by thetrajectory generator. When the computed distance exceedsthe assigned length, the subsegment index is incrementedand the next subsegment is examined. If this distance isnot exceeded, the reference aircraft x, _y coordinates,acceleration, time, velgcity, flight path angle, and alti-tude are computed. When the aircraft has flown past thelast subsegment, the waypoint pair index is incremented andthe process repeats.

6.1.2 Subsegment Initializations

The reference trajectory parameters computed in thesubsegment initialization include the reference velocityVref, the coordinates (XCTR, YCTR) of the center of the cir-cular path being traversed, its radius R, type of turn, T,and a reference angle 4'ref that defines the direction ofthe line segment connecting the center of the circle withthe starting point of the turn. If we denote the subseg-ment index by I, we have

Vref = VFS for 1=1,2,3

= V 1=4,5

= VTS I=6,7

XCTR =X ITCTR 1=1

= XFTCTR 1=7

YCTR = YITCTR 1=1

= YFTCTR 1=7

R =RIT 1=1

= RFT 1=7

6-2

Page 106: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

- - -Fill

E Nw0

Q -u

Nfl fl ~ z5fl E K U I W

6-3

Page 107: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

T T

ref Yt (xSPIT _ XCTR

t VPFT- YCTR

where

VFS: Airspeed specified at from waypoint

VIS: Intermediate airspeed

VTS: Airspeed spe-ified at to waypoint

xITCTR, YITCTR: Coordinates of center of initial turn

XFTCTR, YFTCTR: Coordinates of center of final turn

RIT: Radius of initial turn

RFT: Radius of final turn

TIT: Type of initial turn. TIT <0 indicates right handturn and TIT >O indicates left hand turn

TFT: Type of final turn. TFT< 0 indicates right handturn and TFT- O indicates left hand turn

XSPIT, YSPIT: Coordinates of starting point of initialturn

XSPFT, YSPFT: Coordinates of starting point of final

turn

6-4

A

Page 108: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

6.1.3 Length Computations

An incremental distance \ss(n) is computed everyframe time that represents the along-track differencLbetween the past aircraft reference position (Xref(n-l,Yref(n-l)), and the point on the trajectory that definesthe shortest distance between the present aircraft position(x(n), y(n)) and the trajectory.

Defining the incremental along-track distance in this man-ner enables guidance errors to be defined so that theresulting control corrections will maintain minimal spatialerrors. See Figure 6-2.

For 2 s I _ 6 (straight paths)

Ass(n) = (x(n) - X rf(f n-))*sin c + (y(n) - yref(n-))*cos C

where /c: straight segment heading

For I = 1, I = 7 (curved paths)

TEMP = tan 1 [(x(n)-xCTR/y(n ) - yCTR)]

A/C (n) = TEMP '0TEMP > 0

= ITEMP + 2T TEMP < 0

= 'A/C(n) - tref(n) , T < 0, AC(n) > o ref(n)

S ,(n T < 0, A/C(n) < (ref(n)=AC )- ref +2i n) AC < e

=- /C(n) - ref(n)) + 2T T > 0, tA/C(n) > ref (n)

= (n) - ' ref(n)) T > 0, A/C(n) < ref (n)

Lss(n) = R - A

In addition to the incremental along -track distance, thedistance travplid on the present subsegment (ss(n)) and thedistance traveled on the from-to waypoint pair path segment(s(n)) is computed.

ss(n) = ss(n-1) + Ass(n)

s(n) s(n-1) + Ass(n)

6-5

Page 109: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

S'TRAIGHT PATHS

CURVED PATHS

REFERENCE POSITIONFIGURE 6-2

6-6

!F.V I O

Page 110: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

6.1.4 x,y Reference Position

For circular paths, the reference position is com-puted by a polar to rectangular coordinate conversion. Thevector originating at the center of the circle with magni-tude equivalent to the radius and with the same directionas the line segment connecting the current aircraft posi-tion with the circle center, is resolved along the x an3 yaxes.

We have

for I = 1, I = 6 (curved path subsegments)

'ref (n) = LA/C (n)

Xref(n) = XCTR + Rsin(ref(n) )

Yref(n) = YCTR + Rcos( ref(n))

The reference position for straight paths is computed intwo steps. The first step is to compute the ratio of thedistance traveled on the straight segment to the totallength of that segment. The reference position is computedby multiplying this ratio by the difference between thestarting point and the end point coordinates of thestraight line segment and then adding the result to thestarting point. We have for straight path subsegments(2 ! I 6)

SF = (s(n) - s1)/SsT

Xref (n) = xEPiT + (XSPFT - XEPIT)SF

Yref (n) = YEPIT + (YsPFT - YEPIT)SF

where

Sl: Length of subsegment 1

(xEPIT, YEPIT): Coordinates of end point of initialturn

(XSPFT, YSPFT): Coordinates of starting point of finalturn

sST: Length of straight line portion of waypoint pairtrajectory

6-7

. . .

Page 111: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

6.1.5 Acceleration Reference

The guidance law determines which one of four refer-

ence acceleration values computed by the trajectory genera-tor for each waypoint pair are to be used. Accelerationsor decelerations take place in subsegments 3 and/or 5. Tworeference accelerations are defined per subsegment as dif-ferent accelerations are needed if a flight path anglechange occurs within that subsegment. In addition to deter-nining which one of the four accelerations is appropriate,the guidance law determines whether they are accelerationsor decelerations by comparing the intermediate with thespecified "from" point and "to" point velocities.

aref = a I = 3, s(n) < . V < Vis

= -a2 1 I = 3, s(n) <_ s ¥ A' S VI22FS IS

= -a 2 I = 3, s(n) > s , V > VFy S is

a ref = a41 I = 5, s(n) < sY, VTS > Vis=-a 4 1 I = 5, s(n) < A, T<V

a42 1 = 5, s(n) > s V >V= a y' VTS VIS

= -a4 2 I = S, s(n) > s V <V= Sky' VTS- VIS

where:

a 21 : Acceleration on subsegment 3 prior to flight pathangle change

a 2 2 : Acceleration on subsegment 3 after flight pathangle change

a4 1 : Acceleration on subsegment 5 prior to flight pathangle change

a4 2 : Acceleration on subsegment 5 after flight pathangle change

s_4 Distance from "from" waypoint to change in flightpath angle

6-8

Page 112: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

6.1.6 Time Reference

The time the aircraft should be at the referenceposition is computed from the knowledge of the incrementalalong-track distance, the acceleration reference, and aground speed reference. The ground speed reference is com-puted by adding the wind and true airspeed vectors togetheras shown in Figure 6-3. The time to fly the incrementaldistance Ass(n) is computed and added to the previousreference time to obtain the present reference time.

l'e.1.

GROUND SPEED GEOMETRYFIGURE 6-3

The incremental time calculation is dependent on whetherthe subsegment contains accelerations.

For curved subsegments (I = 1,7)

o = WIND - ref ( n ) - 7T/2 T < 0

= WIND - ref (n ) + /2 T > 0

V = V + VWINDC OSref WIND

6-9

Il

Page 113: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

For subsegments with no accelerations (I 1,2,4,6,7)t ss(n)/gref

For subsegments with accelerations or decelerations (I3,5)

gref 22ss(n) gref 2

t ref(n) t ref(n-1) + At

where

OWIND: Wind direction

VWIND: Nominal wind magnitude

Vgref: Ground speed reference

\t(n): Time to fly \ss(n)

tref: Reference time

6.1.7 Velocity Reference

The trajectory generator defines three differentreference velocities between waypoints - a velocity at the"from" waypoint (VKS), an intermediate velocity (Vis), anda velocity at the to" waypoint. Velocity changes are madeby applying a constant acceleration oz deceleration (aref).For these cases, the reference velocity (Vref) is computedusing the relationship

xref(n) = Vref(n-1 ) + aref At(n)

6.1.8 Flight Path Angle Reference

For each waypoint pair the trajectory generator de-fines an inbound flight path angle (YIB), an outboundflight path angle (YOB) , and the distance from the "from"waypoint to the flight path angle change (sAy). The refer-ence flight path angle (Yref) is computed from these quan-tities using the relations

Yref = 7IB s(n) < shy- XOB s(n) i s6

6-10

Page 114: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

6.1.9 Altitude Reference

The reference altitude is computed in one of twoways depending on the relative location of the referenceposition to the point on the trajectory where the flightpath angle changes.

This yields

Zref = ZSPIT + s(n)tanyref s(n) < sAy= ZEPFT - STOTALtanYref s(n) > s A

where

Zref: Reference altitude

ZSPIT: Altitude of starting point of initial turn

ZEPFT: Altitude of end point of final turn

STOTAi,: Length between waypoints

6.2 GUIDANCE CONTROL LAWS

6.2.1 Guidance Feedback Errors

Rate and displacement errors are computed for allthree axes in order to null path errors and provide pathdamping.

6.2.1.1 Horizontal Guidance

The horizontal trajectory consists of straightline and circular arc segments. Cross-track and cross-track rate errors are defined to provide displacement andrate terms for steering the aircraft along a computedhorizontal path. In addition, a nominal bank angle iscomputed to define the roll att-itude necessary to fly asteady-state turn of constant radius and ground speed. Thehorizontal plane geometry defining the cross-track errorsis shown in Figure 6-4.

For straight line paths (2 s I 5 6)

Yerr = (y - Yref)sin~ref - (x - xref)cOStref

6-11

Page 115: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

STRAIGHT FLIGHT PATH

, 1

e err

R /

x C R' yC T/

CIRULA FIGH PAH/

HORZONAL UIANC EROR

FIUE -

6/1

Page 116: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

For curved paths (I 1,7)

•Verr (-- xCTR - x) (CTR 2.) R T < 0

= R ) + (XCTR - - T > 0

The cross-track rate errors are computed by differentiatingYerr with respect to time. Thus, for straight line paths(2 < I ! 6)

err N l re f + EC°S ref

where VN and VF are the north and east components of veloc-ity, respectivey.

For curved paths (I = 1,7)

err .. [(xcTRX)VE + T < 0

L(xCTR ) + (YCTR - t

(xC R _X VE +(YCTR Y) VN T 0

X-ct r _ x) + - y

The nominal bank angle for steady-state turns of constantradius and ground speed is defined by

ref = tan

where V is ground speed and g is the acceleration of gravi-ty cons{ant. The bank angle error is then the differencebetween the nominal bank angle and the aircraft bank anglec, i.e.,

€err -ref

6-13

I i l I I I I I I I . ..

Page 117: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

6.2.1.2 Vertical Guidance

Altitude and flight path angle errors are definedto provide displacement and rate terms for steering theaircraft along the computed vertical path. Altitude andflight path angle errors are defined in the vertical planegeometry shown in Figure 6-5. as

zerr z zref

anderr = ref

ALONG-TRACK DISTANCE

VERTICAL PLANE GEOMETRYFIGURE 6-5

6.2.1.3 Longitudinal Guidance

Time and velocity errors are defined to providedisplacement and rate terms for steering the aircraft alongtrack. The time error is the difference between the pre-sent time and the reference time. The velocity error isthe difference between the aircraft ground speed and thereference ground speed, i.e.,

t = t- terr ref

andV = VTCOSerr - Vref

6-14

"'" " | l Aft

Page 118: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

In addition, a reference acceleration is computed that de-fines velocity changes along the 4D trajectory. The accel-eration error aerr = a-aref.

6.2.2 Crossfeed Terms

Crossfeed terms were added to minimize loss of alti-tude during turns and speed changes resulting from changesin pitch attitude. These crossfeed terms were mechanizedby providing an additional pitch command (@LIFT) duringturns according to the equation

LIFT* I-(1 -cost)LIFT LIFT cosp

and a throttle command term TW.O. which senses pitchchanges by washing out pitch attitude (9) according to therelation

T W.0 K WO

6.2.3 Open Loop Terms

Open loop controls are employed to keep the feed-back control errors small during periods of transition inaircraft attitude. For example, when the aircraft is tran-sitioning from straight to curved flight, the referencebank angle 9ref displays a jump discontinuity. Similarly,a discontinuity exists when the reference flight path angleYfref changes. These discontinuities are undesirable asthey introduce transients into the feedback controls. Openloop controls were designed to smooth these discontinuitiesand provide better path following. Smoother transitionbetween straight and curved flight was implemented byfiltering the reference bank angle, i.e.,

OrefOref - 1

T

Improved tracking was obtained by introducing the new Srefprior to the horizontal path change. Switching was per-formed when the aircraft was within two seconds of thepoint on the trajectory where the roll attitude transitionoccurs.

6-15

-L

' - • i -

Page 119: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Smoother transition between flight path angle changes wasaccomplished by switching in the new flight path angle whenthe pitch maneuver would result in a normal acceleration of2.25 ft/sec 2 . Normal acceleration

V2-11 = 2 . 25 ft/sec.R

Referring to Figure 6-6, R - 2 SSWITCH.A Y

Substituting R in the NZ equation and solving for SSWITCHwe have,

SW ITCH = 2(2.2S)

Flight path angle switching occurs when the distance be-tween the reference position on the trajectory and thepoint at which the flight path angle change occurs, is lessthan SSWITCH. Actual implementation of the switching logicis given by

(s (n) - say SWITCH'

S

ALONG TRACK DISTANCE

VERTICAL CAPTUREFIGURE 6-6

6-16

Page 120: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

6.2.4 Throttle Activity

In the early stages of the IFTC program, consider-able difficulty was encountered in obtaining a satisfactorylongitudina control system without excessive throttleactivity. The throttle activity was eventually reduced toacceptable limits by computing a nominal throttle positionwhich would provide the thrust necessary to reach an air-speed close to the reference airspeed computed by the guid-ance laws. The longitudinal feedback controls effectivelycorrect for any nominal throttle error. The nominal throt-tle position computation was implemented by first computingthe nominal thrust necessary to achieve a desired airspeed.Using a point mass model

T = D + WsinYref Eq. 6-1

where

T = thrust

W = weightDI -SV2f Ss

B = -QSCD = - P(Zref)Vref]

and

P = air density

S = wing reference area

CXs = dimensionless drag

Yref, Zref and Vref are computed by the guidance laws. CXsis computed from table data stored in computer memory.Thrust as a function of throttle position 8t is given by

T = [700+ (179-MI). t6 ] HP 0 < 6t < 50% Eq. 6-2

=[9650.-2250.- Mach+ (137. +Ml)-(t6- 50.)]. HP 50%< 6t <100%

where

HP = 1 - .00001538 z

Ml = 45. • MACH

6-17

Page 121: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Combining Equations 6-i and 6-2 and solving for the nominalthrottle position

T - 700"IIP < E. 6t (179 - M1 • liP t Eq. 6-3

no 0ryl 110oM

- 9J50. + 2250. • MkACf+ 50. > 50%

1.37 + MI tnOR

It is possible that Equation 6-3 could return a value of

Stnom >100% or 5tnom <0%. Therefore, the nominal throt-

tle command is limited such that 0% - 8tn'm < 100%. The

sum of the feedback terms is limited to + 20% to ensureminimal throttle activity while still allowing for correc-tion of errors in the nominal throttle computation.

6.2.5 Control Law Equations

The guidance errors, crossfeed terms, and open loopterms were used to steer the aircraft along the 4D trajec-tory. These control laws are shown in block diagram formin Figures 6-7, 6-8, and 6-9. Lateral path steering wasachieved by computing a roll attitude command and applyingit to the lateral SAS yielding an aileron deflection. Thiscommand is given by

= K •v + K- +K et CND y I err y"err + err

Vertical path steering was achieved by computing a pitchattitude command and applying it to the vertical SAS yield-ing a stabilator deflection. This command is given by

O Z + K + " +CMDerr err y lag LIFT

The term.K Y lag was added in to OCMD for stability pur-

poses. Y was filtered to attenuate the noise on this sig-nal. The altitude error was gain scheduled as a function

of true airspeed VT because of varying system performanceas a function of flight condition.

6-18

• A k

Page 122: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

V

VERTICAL GUIDANCE CONTROL LAW BLOCK DIAGRAMFIGURE 6-7

2:

LONGITUDINAL GUIDANCE CONTROL LAW BLOCK DIAGRAMFIGURE 6-8

6-19

. . . .. .. . . . .

- -mA __----*r-

Page 123: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

A ,

A!

A

LATERAL GUIDANCE CONTROL LAW BLOCK DIAGRAMFIGURE 6-9

Longitudinal path steering was accomplished by computing anacceleration command and applying it to the autothrottlesystem yielding a throttle deflection. This command isgiven by

= !" ' + Ka + Ke - 1HD (KTVF) terr V err u err

The time error was gain scheduled as a function of velocityas a result of varying system performance as a function offlight condition.

6.2.6 Flight Director

Pitch, roll, and throttle position commands wereformed as shown in Figure 6-10 for display on the EADI.

The aircraft pitch attitude -- which is subtracted from thesynchronizer value of attitude obtained at mode engage --is washed out in order to allow for trim changes resultingfrom changes in the aircraft flight condition. The result-ing input is then scaled so that the upper limit of theflight director command gives maximum bar deflection on theEADI.

6-20

£aI

Page 124: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

A' A

FLIGHT DIRECTOR COMMANDS BLOCK DIAGRAMFIGURE 6-10

The roll flight director command was generated by limitingthe roll command to + or -45 degrees and passing it througha lag filter in order to reduce the roll flight directorbar activity resulting from navigation noise. The limitedroll command is differenced with the aircraft roll attitudeand scaled so that the maximum roll bar deflection corre-sponds to a + or -45 degrees difference between the com-manded and actual bank angles.

The structure of the throttle position flight director isidentical to the roll flight director.

6.2.7 Trajectory Redraw

If the pilot decides to override the autopilot bydeflecting the side stick or throttle, the guidance errorshave the potential of growing quite large. When the pilothas made a significant deviation from the 4D trajectory,

6-21

Page 125: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

the trajectory generator is requested to compute a newtrajectory and consequently the guidance errors arenulled. The criteria for issuing a recomputation of the4-D profile is

lYerri > 3000. ft

> .866"VT

err I> 1000. ft

The criteria for issuing a recomputation of thespeed-time profile is

t errJ > 30 sec

6.3 GUIDANCE NOMENCLATURE

Trajectory generator inputs:

Symbol(s) Definition(s)

a2 1 Acceleration on subsegment 3prior to flight path anglechange (ft/sec 2 )

a2 2 Acceleration on subsegment 3after flight path angle change(ft/sec2 )

a4 1 Acceleration on subsegment 5prior to flight path anglechange (ft/sec 2 )

a4 2 Acceleration on subsegment 5after flight path angle change(ft/sec2 )

RIT Radius of initial turn (ft)

RFT Radius of final turn (ft)

SST Length of straight line portionof waypoint pair trajectory (ft)

STOTAL Length between waypoint pair (ft)

s Distance from "from" waypoint tochange in flight path angle (ft)

6-22

Page 126: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Symbol(s) Definition(s)

s I Length of initial turn arc (ft)

TIT Type of initial turn. TIT <0indicates a right hand turn and

TIT_ O indicates a left handturn

TFT Type of final turn. TFT< 0indicates a right hand turn andTFT> O indicates a left handturn

VFS Airspeed specified at "from" way-point (ft/sec)

VIS Intermediate airspeed (ft/sec)

VTS Airspeed specified at "to" way-point (ft/sec)

VWIND Nominal wind magnitude (ft/sec)

xEPIT, YEPIT Cocrdinates of end point of ini-tial turn (ft)

XITCTR, YITCTR Coordinates of center of initialturn (tt)

xFTCTR, YFTCTR Coordinates of center of finalturn (ft)

xSPIT, YSPIT, ZSPIT Coordinates of starting point ofinitial turn (ft)

xSPFT, YSPFT Coordinates of starting point offinal turn (ft)

ZEPFT Altitude of trajectory at endpoint of final turn (ft)

Oc Heading of straight line segment(rad)

VWIND Wind direction (rad)

YIB Inbound flight path angle (rad)

YOB Outbound flight path angle (rad)

6-23

A,|:-m qv -- "--

Page 127: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Reference trajectory variables:

Symbol(s) Definition(s)

aref Reference acceleration (ft'

sec 2 )

R Radius of circular path beingtraversed (ft)

S Distance traveled on from-towaypoint pair (ft)

ss Distance traveled on the pre-

sent subsegment (ft)

T Turn type

tref Reference time (sec)

Vg Ground speed reference (ft/sec)

Vref Reference airspeed (ft/sec)

x, y, z Aircraft position (ft)

(XCTR, YCTR) Coordinates of center of circlebeing traversed (ft)

(Xref, Yref, Zref) Coordinates of reference posi-tion on trajectory (ft)

Ass Incremental along-track distance

(ft)

At Time to fly incremental along-track distance Ass (sec)

Angle the aircraft has traversedduring one real-time computation(rad)

Yref Reference flight path angle(rad)

9 Angle between wind vector andground speed vector

6-24

Page 128: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Guidance Control law variables:

Symbol(s) Definition(s)

aerr Acceleration error (ft/sec 2)

CD Coefficient of Drag

CXS Coefficient of drag along x sta-bility axis

D Aircraft drag (lbs)

g Gravity constant (32.2 ft/sec 2 )

MACH Mach number

Nz Normal acceleration (ft/sec2 )

Q Dynamic pressure (lb/ft 2 )

S Wing reference area (530 ft2 )

SSWITCH Distance from discontinuity invertical trajectory where flightpath angle switching occurs (ft)

T Thrust (lbs)

ter r Time error (sec)

VE East component of airspeed (ft/sec)

Verr Velocity error (ft/sec)

VN North component of airspeed (ft/

sec)

VT True airspeed (ft/sec)

V9 Ground speed (ft/sec)

W Aircraft weight (lbs)

Yerr Cross-track error (ft)

Yerr Cross-track rate error (ft/sec)

Zerr Altitude error (ft)

Y Aircraft flight path angle (rad)

6-25

Page 129: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Symbol(s) Definition(s)

AYF Flight path angle change (rad)

6tnom Nominal throttle position (%)

P Air density (slugs/ft3 )

6Aircraft bank angle (rad)

Oerr Roll attitude error (rad)

OCMD Roll attitude command (rad)

Oref Reference bank angle (rad)

6-26

Page 130: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

7 CONTROL AND DISPLAY

7.1 CONTROL AND DISPLAY INTEGRATION

Providing the tactical fighter pilot with the capaLil-ity of managing an on-board, real-time, four-dimensionaltrajectory generator imposes new requirements on the dis-play system. Pilots now spend approximately 2-3 hoursduring the mission briefing and planning exercises for eachhour of actual mission flight time. During this processthey examine the weapon delivery area for easily identifi-able features, type of target, best delivery heading andaltitude, type of bombs and spacing, and defenses that arelikely to be encountered. The total mission is analyzed to

determine the best penetration and egress routes, suitablenavigation points, fuel usage estimates, flight times, andalternate refuel and landing locations.

The pilot makes use of navigation planning maps and otherprinted material plus whatever information is availablethrough intelligence sources. As a result of his missionpreplanning, the pilot acquires a thorough understanding ofthe mission profile and tactical environment likely to beencountered.

The IFTC trajectory generator computes tour-dimensionaltrajectories as a result of the original mission points andconstraints plus performs modifications to the originalprofile as a result of mission changes. These may be assimple as a small capture profile resulting from a tempo-rary missicn deviation or as complex as an entirely newtrajectory resulting from a command and control missionredirect.

As a result, the analysis of the control and display re-quirements identified two areas of display capability notfound in current systems:

a. The displays must provide sufficient information toallow the pilot to view and assess the effects ofany newly computed trajectory prior to making theacceptance or non-acceptance decision.

b. The displays must provide other confidence buildingand decision aiding information with respect to thecommand situation.

Research programs such as STOLAND [2] and Terminal Config-ured Vehicle (TCV) have demonstrated the usefulness ofelectronic map displays for conveying horizontal flight

7-1

Page 131: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

plan information to the pilot. Also identified was trhcneed for an electronic alphanumeric display and keyooardfor data entry and deletion.

The initial study of the IFTC application in a transportaircraft [1] utilized a display system consisting of anelectronic attitude director indicator, EADI, an electronicmap Jisplay, and an electronic status display for alphanu-meric information. Also implemented was an electronicallygenerated cross-hair symbol placed on the map and control-led by the pilot for rapidly creating or changing waypointand trajectory information. The transport program alsodemonstrated the usefulness of having a fairly high levelof computer-pilot interaction.

The control/display implementation for the fighter demon-stration program was built on the knowledge gleaned fromthe transport program. Electronic displays provide atti-tude information with pitch, roll, and throttle commands;tactical situation information, with flight profiles,friendly and unfriendly aircraft positions, and SAM and AAAthreat envelopes; and alphanumeric information with systemand flight plan data.

The computer and pilot interaction design was developed toa higher level for the fighter program by providing missionoriented mode controls and increased man/machine inter-action. The computer has been given more authority to makedecisions with respect to the choice of display pages andmap processing which in most situations reduces the pilot'sbutton pushing activity.

The transport simulation also revealed the need for dis-playing vertical flight path information especially forflight management and crew awareness of computer generatedspiral descent profiles, required by large verticallyseparated, but small laterally separated waypoints. Avertical flight path display mode (Figure 7-1) was imple-mented for the tactical program. In this mode the verticalflight plan is displayed as a function of along-trackdistance. The aircraft altitude is indicated by the "chev-ron" symbol fixed along the vertical altitude axis.

The display moves from right to left during flight. Mapsize and scaling choices allow about 80 nm of along-trackdistance to be displayed.

Use of the TSD mode selector buttons gives the pilot fullaccess to both horizontal and vertical trajectory informa-tion.

7-2

Page 132: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TSD WITH VERTICAL FLIGHT PATH MODE SELECTEDFIGURE 7-1

The requirement for providing additional aircraft controlsystem command information has been met in two ways. Thefirst involves displaying the pitch, roll, and throttlecommands on the EADI in a somewhat conventional fashion.(The EADI has since been removed from the cockpit to savespace and replaced by an electro-mechanical three-axis ADI;pitch, roll, and throttle commands were preserved, how-ever).

In addition to the EADI commands the vertical tape instru-ments were modified to allow the computer to drive thecommand altitude, airspeed, and Mach functions. Both thedigital displays and the tape associated command pippersare driven. The command pippers provide the pilot with animmediate indication of the difference or error between hisactual altitude (airspeed or mach) and the computer-generated desired altitude (airspeed or mach). The errorsare viewed as the displacement between the pippers and thetrue indicators on the vertical tape instruments. Thevalue of this capability is especially evident duringperiods of ascent or descent, and periods of changing

7-3

Page 133: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

airspeed. In current operations the pilot must manuallyset the command values corresponding to the next destina-tion values. The error is meaningful only at the instantof destination flyover, when it's too late for corrections.By providing continually updated commands to the instru-ment, any error buildup with respect to the nominal 4-Dprofile is easily detected.

7.2 CONTROL/DISPLAY DESCRIPTION

The fighter cockpit and the controls and displays areshown in Figures 7-2, 7-3, and 7-4.

The following goals were established for the control/dis-play design:

* Must be suitable for one-man operation

* Must consider the information requirements of theIFTC system and advanced command and control (C2 )operation

* Must provide mission-oriented mode selection

* Must extend the use of interactive control/displaysoftware to minimize the pilot's information manage-ment tasks

* Fully exploit the use of the trajectory generator asa means of providing the pilot with a higher levelof decision-making information than would otherwisebe possible

" Ultimate decision-maker must remain the pilot

The ar-angement of the controls and displays in the simula-tor is shown in Figure 7-3.

The following controls and displays are active:

* Annunciator lamps (on annunciator panel)

* Airspeed/Mach indicator

* Altimeter

* Electronic Attitude Director Indicator

* Electronic Status Display and Flight Mode Selector

* Tactical Situation Display and Mode Selector

7-4

Page 134: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

//

IFTC FIGHTER COCKPITFIGURE 7-2

* Alphanumeric Keyboard and Data Management Keys

* Throttle and associated autothrottle on-off switch

" Crosshair controller and associated Insert switch(both located on top of throttle)

* Control Stick with associated auto-flight on-offswitch, weapon delivery enable switch, and pitch-roll trim switch

* Real-time clock

" Fuel remaining indicator

7-5

Page 135: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

ofo

0 0

.t

a ac2S

a7-6

Page 136: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

IFTC COCKPIT DISPLAYSFIGURE 7-4

" Vertical velocity indicator

* Gear up-down switch

The basic flight displays of aircraft attitude, altitude,mach and indicated airspeed are arranged in the normal"T-scan" pattern. Included at the bottom of the scan isthe TSD and its associated mode keys. The status displayand its associated flight mode keys is located on the leftside of the front panel, just below the airspeed indicator.The alphanumeric keyboard and data management keys arelocated on the left console, below the throttle.

7-7

Page 137: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

The side-stick controller is mounted on the right console,as is the EADI controller. The EADI controller is notrequired if the electro-mechanical ADI is used in place ofthe EADI.

The real-time clock, fuel gauges, and vertical speed indica-tor are located on the right side of the front console.

7.2.1 Tactical Situation Display

The Tactical Situation Display (TSD) has threefundamental display modes:

a. North-Up Oriented Horizontal Situationb. Track-Up Oriented Horizontal Situationc. Vertical Situation

In North-Up oriented mode, the map is stabilized with the

north direction placed at the top of the display. Theaircraft symbol moves and automatic recentering of the mapabout the aircraft position is initiated by the displayprocessor as the aircraft nears the edge of the display.Manual recentering may be ' itiated by the pilot at anytime by use of the CTR-ON-A/C key on the TSD mode panel.

North-Up mode is useful for in-flight mission planning andalso allows the pilot a means of quick reorientation withrespect to direction, following maneuvers which may resultin disorientation.

Track-Up mode is used most often for the obvious reasonthat it relates directionally with the pilot's view throughthe canopy. In Track-Up mode the aircraft remains fixedrelative to the display, as the map moves from top-to-bottom. In this mode no recentering of the aircraft isnecessary, although the aircraft may be placed either nearthe bottom of the display or at the center. Depressing theCENTER-ON-A/C key places the aircraft at the center of themap, and allows a "behind-the-tail" view of the tacticalsituation. In a turn situation, resulting in changes ofheading, the map rotates as well as tran-slates, preservingthe track-up orientation.

The Vertical Situation mode, previously described, isselected by depressing the VSD key. In all TSD modes theaircraft true position is displayed relative to the com-puted (desired) horizontal and vertical flight path.

7-8

Page 138: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

mw I *

The following is a list and brief description of the clas-ses of information presented on the TSD.

" Aircraft Symbol Fixed at display center wh1Iiin the Track-Up mode; movingwhile in the North-Up mode

* Alphanumerics Explanatory and scaling infor-mation associated with scales

and parameters (plan, heading,time of arrival, speed, time-of-arrival error)

" Waypoint Square, with numeric identifi-ers

* Map Scale Scale factor in nautical milesper frame (top to bottom)

* Threat Information Geographic location of threatssuch as SAM, AAA sites, andhostile aircraft

* Target Cross with numeric identifiers

* Flight Path Linking of waypoints by solidline indicates engaged pro-file, dashed line indicatesplanned profile not engaged.

* Cross-x-hair Full-scale crosshair controll-able by a joystick mounted onthe throttle handle

The X-hair, shown in Figure 7-5, is manually controlled bythe thumb-activated force stick mounted atop the throttleas shown in Figure 7-10. Not normally in view, the X-hairis displayed by depressing the X-hair force stick. Thisaction activates a switch which is sensed by the computerto initiate the display of the X-hair.

Once slewed to the desired position, the CTR-ON-X-HAIR keymay be depressed which results in recentering of the mapabout the X-hair position. The X-hair is extinguishedfollowing this action. This capability is extremely usefulwhen used with the SCALE INCrease key to "blow-up" portionsof the map not near the aircraft position.

The X-hair may also be used to move points for modificationof an existing flight plan as described in section 3,designate a "fly-to" point, or create a series of newpoints to be linked together to form a new flight plan.The procedures for performing the last two operations are

7-9

Page 139: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TSD WITH X-HAIR ACTIVATEDFIGURE 7-5

described later in this section. The X-nair is used primar-ily as a means of providing rapid pilot inputs withoutrequiring extensive keyboard actions.

The X-hair may be used only when in the North-Up presenta-tion, since the map is stationary. Activating the X-hair,as described, will result in the automatic switching to theNorth-Up mode if in the Track-Up or VSD modes.

Implementation of the X-hair in the Track-Up, moving mapmode would require computer stabiliz tion of the X-hairwith respect to the moving map to au'.7ent the pilot'sability to track a moving point. In a non-turning. situa-tion and without computer-aided stabilization of the X-hairthe pilot's inputs to the X-hair force stick must be acombination of that required to slew to the desired posi-tion plus that required to cancel the map translationmotion. Release of the X-hair would result in its immedi-

ate drift from the desired position. Position error is theproduct of the ground speed of the aircraft and the time

7-10

Page 140: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

between release of the force stick and activation of theX-hair insert switch. The manual tracking problem becomesmore difficult in turning maneuvers and enlarged map scal-ing .

7.2.2 Status Display

The status display, shown in Figure 7-6, is a CRTused for displaying system mode, flight plan related data,and flight status information in alphanumeric format.

The status display is the pilot's primary interface to theIFTC system. It is an alphanumeric cathode ray tube dis-play surrounded by 10 multifunction keys (five below thedisplay and five to the left of it), a PAGE control, 7 modeselector keys, an ENGAGE key, and a DATA key.

The status display is capable of displaying 12 rows of 32alphanumeric and special characters per row. The datafield of the status display is divided as follows:

* Top row - Reserved for special annunciator messages

* 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th rows - Aligned with thearrows on the five row selector keys to provide rowselection multifunction key capability

STATUS DISPLAY AND MODE SELECTOR

F'IGURE 7-6

7-11

- ~ - -. --- -- -- --. - -- -- - - - - _ __ __ --- . . .

Page 141: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

* 12th row - Reserved for page identifiers

* Odd number rows - Data ib limited to enhance reada-bility of presented information

* Horizontally - Parameters titles are aligned verti-cally with column selector switches to provide thebasis for a column selection capability

A cursor (dark characters on a light background) indicatesthe position designated by row and column selection. Asingle character length cursor indicates a data entryposition. Selected modes are annunciated before engagementby a word length cursor.

The information is organized and displayed in "page" fash-ion with approximately 34 page formats currently imple-mented to handle the data requirements for the missionmodes of navigation, blind weapon delivery, and rendezvous;waypoint, target, IP, and refuel point data; mission planindex data; data-link information; combination fly-to/X-hair data; and a map clutter/declutter select page.

Some page formats automatically place the cursor at certaindata fields to cue the pilot to the importance of thatinformation or to anticipate the pilot's selection of thatfield prior to depressing DATA or ENGAGE. This is anexample of system anticipation of a probable pilot action,resulting in reduced button-pushing activity.

The cursor is also used to indicate data fields selected bythe row-column keys bordering the display.

Mode related select pages are displayed as a result ofdepressing the MODE SELECT keys along the far left of thedisplay. Examples of the mode select pages are shown laterin Figure 7-12 for the Nay mode and in Figure 7-14 for theBlind mode.

Three simple actions are required for switching from one

mode to another:

a. Select the proper mode from the seven mode switches.

b. Review the mode-oriented select format displayed asa result of step a; edit as required.

c. Engage the mode by depressing the ENGAGE key.

The top line of the status display is never used by page-related information, but is always reserved for pilot

7-12

a -I--Ir--I --- _I_ _I

Page 142: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

advisory messages. Examples of advisory messages are:"LOW FUEL RESERVES @ WP ", "INSUFFICIENT DATA FOR TG ",

"C & C PLAN X REDIRECT".

7.2.3 Status Display Keyboard

This unit is mounted on the left console, as shownin Figure 7-7. It provides alphanumeric data entry capabil-ity to the system through the status display. The numeric

keys are arranged in the 10-key matrix similar to the

telephone "Touch-Tone"' system. Guards between the keys

prevent inadvertent key actuations. The surface of thenumber "5" key is lower than that of the surrounding keis

to provide a tactile feel for a "home" position. The 2, 4,

6, and 8 keys provide a dual function by providing for

entry of the cardinal directions, N, E, S, and W.

DATAMANAGEMENT ALPHANUMERIC

KEYS KEYBOARD

STATUS DISPLAY KEYBOARDFIGURE 7-7

7-13

NID T

Page 143: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Ten data modes are selectable for display on the statusdisplay by the data mode management keys on the left of theunit. FLY TO, FLT, TGT, WPT, and IDX were implemented forthe simulation.

The functions of the additional data management keys,though not fully implemented, are intended to have thefollowing use:

* PATH MOD Allow pilot-initiated trajectorymodifications such as path stretch-ing, fuel economy select mode,maximum range, and lateral and/orvertical offset modes.

0 DATA LK Response select page for command/control data link messages (Figure7-22).

* IDX Index select page.

* BIT Initiates the built-in-test func-tions of the airborne computer.

* MK Used in-flight to freeze and re-cord significant events and posi-tions.

The alpha keys have been reduced from a full keyboard setto three multi-use keys. The alphabet has been divided inA-I, J-R, and S-Z as indicated on each key.

To initiate alpha entry into the selected data field, thepilot depresses the appropriate key which results in thedisplay of successive characters in the data field. Twomodes of operation are possible. The key may be held downand the alpha characters will cycle through the range forthat key at a rate of approximately two characters persecond (the rate is computer controlled and may be set toany reasonable value). The second mode of operation is todepress the key quickly and successively until the desiredalpha character appears in the character slot. Release ofthe key, in either case, will cause the alpha character inview, to remain in view. After entry of an alpha charac-ter, the display is stepped forward to the next alphanu-meric position by pressing the space key on the keyboard.

The keyboard and row-column keys are used until the pilothas edited an entire display page of information. This maybe as simple as modifying one data field or as complex asfilling the entire page with new data. The page data isbuffered at the display (the computer is not aware of

7-14

.. - ' '- " ~ . . .. ..- - !I

Page 144: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

individual changes) and after inspection and acceptance bythe pilot, the ENTER key is depressed. This action trans-fers the entire page of data to the computer for proces-sing.

7.2.4 Time Display

The time di-play is located beneath the verticalspeed indicator on the right side of the cockpit. Thisdisplays the time digitally in hours, minutes, and seconds,as shown in Figure 7-8.

TIME DISPLAYFIGURE 7-8

7.2.5 Aircraft Control Stick

The basic pitch and roll flight control capabilityis provided by a force-actuated control stick mounted onthe right-hand console; it is shown in Figure 7-9. Thiscapability is supplemented by a conventional "coolie hat"trim switch mounted atop the control stick.

Engaging or disengaging the 4D IFTC commands to the air-craft control surfaces is accomplished by pressing thethumb-activated autoflight switch. Autoflight operation isannunciated by illumination of the autoflight annunciatorbeneath the glare shield.

A thumb-activated "bomb release" switch is also mounted onthe co."rol stick as shown. Although other controls, such

7-15

I"I ''-" - ------------- ~- ----.---- ,.---.- - - ----.---... .- __

Page 145: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TRIM

BOMB RELEASE

li "-"" AUTOFLIGHT

(ENGAGE/ DISENGAi.-E)

AIRCRAFT CONTROL STICKFIGURE 7-9

as guns/rockets and intercom, are on the stick, only thepitch, roll, trim, autoflight, and bomb release functionsare operational in the simulation.

7.2.6 Throttle And Associated Controls

Figure 7-10 shows the throttle as seen by the pilot.On it are identified the various switches. The throttle iscantilevered in-board above the left console. The throttlehandle is hinged to fold upward to allow it to move into aforward detent position (afterburner).

Autothrottle operation is engaged or disengaged by succes-sive depressions of the thumb-activated autothrottleswitch. When autothrottle operation is engaged, the throt-tle is servoed to a computed thrust position by a closed-loop servo which is mounted beneath the left console and isdriven by the computer. Autothrottle operation provides

7-16

i~A MEMNON - -

Page 146: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

THROTTLE AND ASSOCIATED CONTROLSFIGURE 7-10

automatic speed control in response to flight controlsystem outputs. An annunciator lamp indicates autothrottleengagement.

For speed brake actuation, the sliding switch positionednear the left forefinger is moved forward to extend thespeed brake and aft to retract it.

Two controls on the throttle are associated with the opera-tion of the crosshair (X-hair) symbol on the situationdisplay. Depressing the rubber-covered, thumb-actuated,joystick causes the X-hair symbol to appear on the situa-tion display. Applying lateral pressure to the joystickcauses the X-hair symbol to move in a corresponding direc-tion on the display. Depressing the thumb-actuated insertswitch transmits a X-hair position on the situation dis-play to the system computer for further processing.

7-17

Page 147: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

7.2.7 Electronic Attitude Director Indicator (EADI)

The EADI (Figure 7-11) is a cathode ray tube capableof displaying a wide variety of symbology pertinent to themode selected.

a. Aircraft Symbol Fixed reference.

b. Pitch Attitude Sky-ground shaded divisionwith 20 markings.

c. Roll Attitude 100 markings at top -)f dis-play.

d. Flight Director Cross pointers. The pilotRoll Command zeros the cross pointers toPitch Command satisfy computed commands for

the roll/pitch axis, e.g., cap-ture and track of a desiredwaypoint (latitude, longitude,and altitude).

e. Throttle Command A vertical bar on the leftwing of the aircraft. Thisbar moves up or down to com-mand a speed increase or de-crease. The pilot adjusts thethrottles to zero the commandto achieve "time" constraints(speed/arrival time).

f. Radar Altitude Numeric display - This isshown in the upper right por-tion of the screen. Radaraltitude is active below 1200ft.

g. Rate of Turn Self-explanatory.

7.2.8 EADI Controller

The FADI controller is mounted on the right consoleas shown in Figure 7-11. Its function is to enable thepilot to select information for display on the EADI. Sincethe IFTC program was not concerned with studying EADIsymbology, the controller was used only to add or removethe flight director symbology for roll, pitch, and throttlecommands.

7-18

Page 148: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

ELECTRONIC ATTITUDE DIRECTOR INDICATOR AND CONTROLLER

FIGURE 7-11

7-19

Page 149: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

7.2.9 Attitude Director Indicator (ADI)

The EADI is interchangeable with a three-axis elec-tro-mechanical ADI as shown in Figure 7-12. The ADI pro-vides pitch and roll attitude information as well as pitch,roll, and throttle command needles. Aircraft azimuth isalso displayed.

:f i l

THREE-AXIS ATTITUDE DIRECTOR INDICATORFIGURE 7-12

7.3 PILOT OPERATIONS

Pilot operations necessary to use the IFTC system areconsistent with current cockpit procedures and greatlyreduce the navigation workload for time-critical missions.

These operations include:

* Selection of operational modes such as navigation,rendezvous, and weapons delivery.

7-20

Page 150: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

0 Insertion of a flight plan and modification, asnecessary, by changing the specific time-spacecoordinates while enroute.

* Monitoring or controlling the actual flight path tofollow the flight plan.

Such operations are simplified by interactive computeraiding of the controls and displays that comprise thepilot/system interface and which utilize:

* Dedicated flight mode select switches.

* Joystick-controlled X-hair on the TSD for easyenroute flight plan modifications and an alphanu-meric keyboard and status display for editing ofboth on-board generated and ground-commanded data.

0 Automatic control of time-critical navigation. Thisallows pilot time for direct visual search forbogies, and command/control data management.

7.3.1 Mode Selection

Mode selection is made using the Mode Controllerkeys located to the left of the Status Display. Sevenbasic flight modes are selectable:

* Navigation (NAV) for point-to-point curved pathnavigation between waypoints,

* Takeoff and landing (T/O/LND) for terminal areacontrol,

* Rendezvous (RDZ) for in-flight refueling and forma-tion flights, and

* Four air-to-ground weapon delivery modes:

" Blind (BLD)

* Low Altitude Bombing (LAB)

* Continuously Computed Impact Point (CCIP)

* Dive Toss (D/T)

Of the modes selectable on the mode controller, two wererequired for the current IFTC program, Navigation and BlindWeapon Delivery.

The Navigation Select page is shown in Figure 7-13.

7-21

- ---- ---............-------- .--

Page 151: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

STATUS DISPLAY AND MODE SELECT KEYS - NAV SELECT PAGEFIGURE 7-13

Seven pushbutton switches arranged vertically along theleft side of the unit enable the pilot to select the basicflight mode of the aircraft. Depressing a mode switchcauses a page of mode-related information to be displayedon the status display. This is referred to as the (NAV,BLIND, etc.) MODE SELECT page.

A complete mode selection sequence consists of:

1. Select and actuate the desired mode switch.

2. Select the desired action on the status display

using the mode select page.

3. Press ENGAGE to engage the selected mode for IFTC

trajectory computation and control.

7-22

Page 152: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

The I- rst st,.- r -qu1res selection of the appropriate modesuch as pressing the NAV key. This places the NAV SELECTformat on the statis display. The NAV SELECT format offersa choice of the various plans that are stored in the sys-tem. Each plan consists of multiple waypoints defined bylatitude, longitude, altitude, and, where necessary, timeof arrival or other profile-related parameters. The high-lighting cursor (reverse video) will be positioned at oneof the plans. This cursor may be repositioned, if desired,by pressing the adjacent row select key. The position ofthe cursor will change, indicating the plan that will beengaged by pressing the ENGAGE button. This three-stepsequence is illustrated in Figure 7-14.

THREE STEPS TO ENGAkGE THE SELECTED MODEFIGURE 7-14

7-23

M I | | |

Page 153: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

A similar sequence engages th.e other modes. Pressing theRDZ key brings the rendezvous select format in view on thestatus display. The highlighting cursor will be positionedat the refuel tanker number indicated by the plan oeingflown. If it is desired to change the refuel number, it isdone easily by moving the cursor using the row selectmultifun'ction buttons. After the information has beenverified on the status display, the pilot needs only topush the ENGAGE button to initiate the refueling sequenceat the refuel location shown on the status display. TheRendezvous mode was not demonstrated during the simulationtesting.

Blind air-to-ground weapon delivery is selected by depress-ing the BLD key, verifying the target identification cuedby the cursor on the status display, and determining thatthe quantity, spacing, and fusing of the weapon are correctfor the particular air-to-ground mission. Depressing theENGAGE key engages air-to-ground weapon delivery. Contin-uous depression of the "pickle" switch after an in-rangeindication is required to arm the system to enable weaponrelease. Figure 7-15 illustrates the steps required forengaging the Blind Weapon Delivery mode.

THREE STEPS TO ENGAGE THE BLIND WEAPON DE>.IVERY MODEFROM THE BLIND SELECT PAGE

FIGURE 7-15

7-24

- .- -TG ,1

Page 154: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

7.3.2 Waypoints

The basic position element in the IFTC system is thewaypoint. A waypoint is any position definable in x, y,and z cocrdinates. Normally, these coordinates are givenin latitude, longitude, and altitude, and, if required,time of arrival at that waypoint. For convenience in thissystem, these basic position elements are categorized aswaypoints, targets, target initial (or identification)points, refuel initial points, and refuel couple points.

In the IFTC system, these points have been arranged intonumerical groups as shown in Table 7-I. The use of thesenumber groups reduces the system and operator alpha entryrequirements and consequently reduces entry time for speci-fying a particular point.

The status display programming recognizes the categorieslisted in this table. Entering a number from one of thesecategories on the status display, where requested, willresult in the addition of the proper two-character alphaidentifier, preceding the number on the status display.

TABLE 7-IPOINT CLASSIFICATION CATEGORIES

Data/Point Number SystemClassification Assigned Abbreviation

Own Aircraft 00 ACPlans 01 - 09 PLTargets 10 - 19 TGRefuel Initial Points 20 - 24 RF or RFIPRefuel Couple Points 25 - 29 RFCPAir-to-Ground Initial 30 - 39 IP

PointWaypoints 40 - 69 WP

7.3.3 Waypoint Entry Description

Waypoint types (Nay point, IPs, Targets, and Refuelpoints) are assigned a permissible range of numeric identi-fiers as described. When the WP or TGT special keys areused to place a blank waypoint or target page on the statusdisplay, only numbers in the proper range for the displaypage will be accepted as keyboard inputs. Attempt at entryof those outside the range will be ignored, i,e., if num-bers outside the range of 40-69 are attempted to be enteredon a waypoint page, the entry will not be accepted.

In those situations for which a blank, general waypointpage is placed on the status display, keyboard entry of a

7-25

Page 155: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

numerical ident ifier will result in the automatic designa-tion on the display of the waypoint type according to Tabe7-I. As an example, if "41" is entered, "WP41" will appearon the status display. If "10" is entered, "TGI0" willapear. In general, the blank waypoint page is placed onthe status display as a result of using the FLY-TO key orthe X-hair controller.

In all cases, the status display will list several avail-able point identifiers at the top of the display page.These are used by the pilot and make it unnecessary for himto maintain the bookkeeping for assigned and unassignedidentifiers.

7.3.4 Flight Plan

A flight plan is input to the IFTC system by speci-fying a group of waypoints in an ordered sequence. Thisordering may be done either prior to the flight and inputto the system via memory transfer, or it may be done duringthe flight by the pilot or by data link inputs. A typicalflight plan is shown on the status display in Figure 7-16.

RF21 IS SELECTED AND DATA IS DEPRESSED

FIGURE 7-16

7-26

.1 IP39

Page 156: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Aliight I an- bogi r at th e prsnt:i:

a I po iont 40. ThI S is fol1lowed by weapor &. t;~r 1~iXPoint 30 1 P30) and Target 10 (TGIG) . The f 1gn s e j i , l

of theo points on tne plan page is read 1- ft t,-, i ii:it anJtop to bottorr. Specific information tor any o'L tc VQ 2anpoints is displayed by depressing the proper row '1T1 11buttons corresponding to the desired point, foliowedj :3depressing the DATA key. Thie sequence for ciis'la,.in-information for RF21 is shown in the figure. F igjir e 7 -17is the page displayed following step 3.

DATA ~LA FO RFII IPLAYED"V R~FIGUR 7-17098E :3S 9

M TO RG ??N BR ?? 7-27??

**-L-..qfr-~ ~ LND~~- - -~-.-

Page 157: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

7.3.5 Plan Generation With the Keyboard

Any point on the plan may be changed by the row/col-umn selector keys. This is accomplished by pressing a rowand column key corresponding to the location of the pointto be changed. The cursor will be positioned at the se-lected location and the existing point may be deleted and anew point entered via the keyboard. Data for an existingpoint may be modified using the previous procedure todisplay the specific data for the point in question. Thekeyboard is used for data modification.

In addition, open data fields are provided before and aftereach point on the plan page to enable the pilot to "add"points to a plan. Points are deleted from the plan byrow/column selection and operation of the CLR (Clear) key.

After building a plan, the ENTER key is pressed to transmitthe sequence of points to the IFTC computer for generationof a trajectory between the points. The resulting plan isshown as a dashed line on the TSD. The newly computed planis assigned a name and the NAV SELECT page is automaticallydisplayed with the cursor over the new plan name in antici-pation of pilot engagement. The TSD and status display areshown in Figure 7-18.

The asterisk on Plan 6 indicates that steering commands arebeing generated to fly the aircraft to the solid linetrajectory with that particular plan number as shown on theTSD. The dashed line trajectory has been assigned Plan 5.The highlighting cursor on the status display indicatesthat Plan 5 may be engaged by pressing the ENGAGE button.If the pilot wishes to review the point data of Plan 5, hemay push the DATA key. This will return the status displayto the Plan 5 data page from which points may be selectedfor review.

Engagement of the new Plan 5 results in an update of theTSD with the removal of the old trajectory, 6, and the re-drawing of the new, 5, in solid format. If autoflight isengaged, the A/C control system will respond immediately.If critical data for a particular point in the plan hasbeen omitted, the computer will return the appropriate datapage to the status display with a message on the advisoryline indicating the data requested.

7-28

A -- --f-- - ~____ _ -

Page 158: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

6l I SI

N"[ lot 44TJ

[1 ogre

M L/O

TSD AND STATUS DISPLAY AFTER ENTERING A NEW PLANFIGURE 7-18

7.3.6 Plan Generation With the X-Hair

The previous example described the keyboard use forenter ing a flight plan, which was then engaged to theflight control system. The X-hair controller may also beused for creating a flight plan. This may be accomplishedin three ways:

a. Modify a point or points in an existing plan. Themodification may involve movement of the point orrespecifying other point parameters such as time-of-arrival or fly-over heading. An example of thistype is described in the demonstration profile.

b. Modification of an existing plan by adding one ormore new waypoints.

c. Creation of a plan consisting of new waypoints.

7-29

T.L A/4 LA ti t2 t3 t4 t5

I

Page 159: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

As described, the X-hair is brought into view by depressingthe X-hair controller located on the throttle handle. To"hook" an existing plan point it is necessary to slew theX-hair until it lies over the point. While slewing, theX-hair coordinates are continually updated and displayed onthe FLY-TO/XHAIR SELECT PAGE on the status display (Figure7-19). After proper positioning, the INSERT button isdepressed. The system computer searches for an existingnay point (target, IP) that is positioned within 2 nmi ofthe X-hair position. If the search is successful, a mes-sage on the status display indicates which point was"hooked" and of which flight plan it is a part. The FLY-TO/XHAIR SELECT page is automatically replaced by the pageof data for the successfully "hooked" point. If the "hook"was unsuccessful, that fact is indicated also.

The X-hair remains on and may now be slewed to the new,desired location. Following insertion at the new position,the trajectory generator computes a new profile which isdrawn on the TSD in predictive format.

N 497 48 EiGR 7-19

r J~ RN J- M BR FRO PT a ![!;

073 0N

SENECTTGEOTE owTU DIS FUEL REMAN

l 1 2- --t tCC" II I I

Page 160: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

The new plan may be inspected and engaged by the pilot.The same procedure may be repeated to modify additionalpoints in the existing plan.

New waypoints or targets may be created by first depressingthe TGT or WPT button on the keyboard. This results in thedisplay of a blank waypoint or target page and an advisorymessage at the top of the display indicating the identi-fiers of two available, unused points. At this point thepilot has the option of either using the keyboard or theX-hair for specifying the point. The keyboard may be usedto manually enter an identifier, latitude, longitude, andany other allowable parameters. ENTER is depressed follow-ing the data entry.

To use the X-hair, it is turned on as described, and slewedto the desired position. This desired position for X-hairuse should be a point relative to other map features. Itis not intended to be used to match a set of given coordi-nates. Following insertion of the X-hair location, thecomputer will assign an available and appropriate identi-fier and create a point at the X-hair location. The X-hairis removed from the TSD and the new point appears at X-hairlocation, as shown in Figure 7-20. The procedure is re-peated until the desired number of waypoints have beencreated and drawn on the map.

The group of waypoints and/or targets have been created buthave not been connected in any particular sequence to forma plan. The map shows the location and identifiers of thepoints (when in HSD mode) but has no profile connectingthem. The pilot defines a new plan using these points andany other defined points by the following sequence:

Action Result

0 Depress NAV mode Nay select page on status dis-key. play.

* Depress row and Blank plan page on status dis-column for NEW play.PLN and depressDATA

0 Use keyboard to Point identifiers forming planenter waypoint appear on status display.(target, refuel)identifiers indesired sequenceto be flown

7-31

Page 161: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

NEW WAYPOINT CREATED WITH THE X-HAIRFIGURE 7-20

* Depress ENTER when New plan is formed by com-list is complete puter, assigned a plan number,

and the trajectory is drawn onthe map, through the pointsand in predictive format. The

Nay select page is automati-cally placed on the status dis-play with the cursor placedover the new plan name.

* Inspect new plan New plan is redrawn on map inon map and depress solid line format. Autoflight

ENGAGE key, if system, if engaged, will begindesired to fly aircraft along the new

plan. Any old plans areerased from the map.

Prior to performing the last step, the pilot may use thestatus display to examine specific data for any pointsincluded in the plan. This data is flight plan related and

7-32

______ ____ - - -- I II I. | -

Page 162: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

includes such parameters as estimated times-of-arrival,maximum and minimum times-of-arrival, and fuel remainingestimates.

It should be emphasized again that it is not intended forthe pilot to use the X-hair controller and the latitude andlongitude position of the X-hair as indicated on the statusdisplay to position the X-hair at some given latitude andlongitude. To do so would require extreme hand and eyecoordination among the X-hair controller, status display,and the map. While marginally possible in the simulator,this operation would be impossible in a real cockpit underflight conditions.

Points used in the creation of a new plan may be combina-tions of newly created points and previously existingpoints.

A capture segment is always drawn on the map which connectsthe current aircraft position with first point in a newlycreated plan. An example of a X-hair generated plan usingthe New Plan page on the status display is shown in Figure7-21.

POINTS LNKED IN OE T CRAT A 1 EW PLA

r~ ~~FGR 7-21AA AG O

FIU7-2

7-3 -3

h-ow

Page 163: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

7.3.7 Plan Generation With Digital Data Link Inputs

The IFTC system is designed to operate with advanceddigital data link concu-ts, such as JTIDS. As an exampleof its compatibility with JTIDS, the IFTC system has thecapability of receiving mission redirect information con-sisting of multiple waypoints and the latitude/longitude ofthose waypoints. Times-of-arrival may also be assigned tocritical points in the redirect plan. In a transmission ofthis nature, the data link annunciator light on the glareshield illuminates, indicating that data link informationhas been received.

The incoming plan and waypoint position data are processedby the IFTC computer. The trajectory generator computes aprofile based on the incoming plan information. The re-sulting trajectory or plan is displayed on the TSD as adashed profile through the new waypoints. It is assigned aplan number, the NAV SELECT page is automatically dis-played, with the highlighting cursor placed adjacent to thenewly input data link plan, as shown in Figure 7-22. Inaddition, the message, "C&C PLAN 4 REDIRECT" appears at thetop of the status display.

DATA-LINK MISSION REDIRECTFIGURE 7-22

7-34

NE

Page 164: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

The pilot has the option of either engagement through thenormal ENGAGE function or data search with the DATA Key.The data link annunciator on the glare shield is xtin-guished when the pilot presses either ENGAGE or any otherkey in the system.

The IFTC system is capable of receiving individual waypointupdating information. As an example, the coordinates of aparticular target in the system may be updated. The re-ceiver transmits the incoming waypoint information as anupdate to the waypoint memory storage. The coordinates orother parameters are updated and a message annunciatingthat fact appears on the top line of the status display.

Other examples of the kind of information that may bereceived via the data link are hostile and friendly air-craft positions and surface-to-air missile sites. The typeof threat and its location is received via the data linkreceiver. This information is processed by the IFTC sys-tem, and is translated into appropriate SAM, AAA, or hos-tile A/C symbology on the TSD. Any intersection of theprofile and a ground-based threat envelope is determined.An alternate trajectory is generated and displayed on theTSD in predictive format. The nay select format is pre-sented to the operator and the pilot is given an opportu-nity to inspect and engage the dashed line plan via thenormal IFTC control and display functions. Figure 7-23 isrepresentative of status display page formatting that couldbe used by the pilot for replying to the data link redi-rect.

7.3.8 Pitch, Roll, and Throttle Commands

The IFTC system generates steering commands to theflight plan identified as active by the * on the NAV SELECTpage. Pitch and bank steering commands are displayed onthe EADI or ADI by vertical and horizontal movements of thepitch and bank steering pointers. A pitch-up command isindicated by displacing the pitch needle from center to aposition above the aircraft symbol. A bank right commandis indicated by displacing the bank needle from center to aposition to the right of the miniature aircraft. When thecommands are tracked, the steering pointers are centered onthe aircraft symbol. Continuous flight with the steeringpointers centered will result in capture or maintainingcapture of the horizontal and vertical portions of thedesired trajectory.

Throttle position commands are displayed on the EADI asvertical movements of a "thermometer column" on the leftwing of the airplane. A command for increased speed isindicated by the upward extension of the column. Decreased

7-35

Page 165: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

ERSNTTV DATA-LIN REIRECTSESONSEPGC ~FIGUES 7-23E

glid slpe idictor

E REETTE DATA INK REDIREC RESPNSPG

7.3..9 Automatic/Manual Flight Control Selection

Lateral, vertical, throttle, altitude, moach, andairspeed commands and path error displays are in viewcontinuously during IFTC operation. The system may beflown either fully automatic or manually to follow thecommands. This is accomplished by pressing the autothrot-tle (A/T) switch on the throttle and the autoflight (A/T)switch on the control stick.

Autothrottle operation is indicated by illumination of theautothrottle annunciator. Automatic pitch and bank steer-ing is annunciated by illumination of the autoflight annun-ciator.

7-36

"J"-1f +f , I I I IIPA-G-

DITI I

Page 166: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

The automatic pitch and roll control system is equippedwith a manual override that allows the pilot to "take over"at any time simply by applying force to the control stick.Flight directors and throttle commands will continue todisplay the commands necessary to return to the path. TheTSD will show the relationship of the aircraft to the path.A line on the TSD (capture path) emanates from the aircraftsymbol and shows the most direct, curved-path trajectorythe aircraft will fly between its present position and thenext waypoint if the pilot allows the automatic system toassume control at that time. This path predictor is up-dated every three seconds. It relieves the pilot of theneed to perform relative navigation between his presentposition and the original path, and provides the informa-tion necessary to return to the original flight plan follow-ing any manual deviation.

7.4 CONTROL AND DISPLAY DESIGN PHILOSOPHY

The control and display functions provide the simula-tion with the capability of managing the data flow betweenthe cockpit controls and displays and the hybrid simulationcomputers. In particular, large quantities of digital dataare processed for the status display, keyboard, and X-haircontroller, and lesser amounts of discrete data are pro-cessed for the cockpit switches and annunciators. Pilot ordata link-initiated changes to the mission data must behandled in an orderly manner, and the control and displaysmust respond to mode and control actions taken by the pilotthrough the status display keyboard, flight mode keyboard,TSD mode controller, and switches associated with thethrottle and control stick.

Because of the compexity of the data handling and displayproblem, and a strong desire to have the control and dis-play design lend itself to a straightforward procedure formaking changes, it was decided to use finite automatatheory in the control and display design. As a result thecontrol and display processing is table driven.

Two types of tables are utilized in the design, the MajorState Transition table and the Intermediate Transitiontables. Figure 7-24 illustrates in a simplified fashionthe logic flow among the major control/display processingfunctions.

The controlling subroutine, OPERA, is called by the execu-tive program each 333 1/3 milliseconds (3 Hz rate). If nostimulus has been detected since the last call, programcontrol returns to the executive. A stimulus may occur as

7-37

Page 167: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

U0 Z

CC

z

Z7-3

Page 168: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

a result of a cockpit action or a data link transmission.A third source of stimuli -- those which are internallygenerated -- is possible.

The current system state is a stable state in that in theabsence of any further stimuli the system will remain inthat state. When a stimulus is received, the currentsystem state (before receipt of the stimulus) and thestimulus code are used as entries into the Major StateTransition table. (Table D-I, Appendix D)

The intersection of the current state and the stimulus isthe next state code and the action process to get there.The next state code will identify either another stablestate or an intermediate transition state (MTR). Theintermediate transition state is an unstable state andrequires at least one additional pass through the appro-priate action process to arrive at a stable state. TableD-II in Appendix D identifies the MTRs. Generally, as afunction of an index value, the MTR tables will specifyeither another MTR state or stable state and the actionprocess required to reach that state. When a stable stateis reached, the processing stops until another stimulus isreceived and the entire process is repeated.

The action processes will generally involve system proces-sing which will, in turn, affect the cockpit TSD, thestatus display, the trajectory generator, the flight database, the cockpit annunciators, and the guidance and con-trol functions.

Flow diagrams for OPERA, the operations control program,aiid STAGEN, the status display refresh program, are shownin Figures D-1 and D-2, in Appendix D.

The Machine State Diagrams, which pictorially describe theactions required to transition from one stable state to thenext, are included in Appendix D. Figure D-3 is a sample,complete with annotations to aid the reader's understand-ing, and Figures D-4 to D-18 are the actual diagrams.

7-39

A-*. - -- ,-- - - - - - - - -- - -- . - --

Page 169: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

8 JTIDS SIMULATION

"The Joint Tactical Information Distribution System (JTIDS)is a digital data bus, disseminating tactical information.The data bus is a line-of-sight communication system whichhas extended range capability enabled by means of relaying.JTIDS is a secure system utilizing spread spectrum tech-niques, operating in the TACAN frequency band. Data trans-missions are time-slotted (TDMA) and referenced to a masteruser, who can be any a priori defined user. Acquisition ofthe net time reference is accomplished by a passive searchand track process, prior to being given the freedom toactively participate in the net. Once a user has achievedsynchronizat ,n, it can begin transmitting in its assignedtime slot." jlJ

The types of allowable transmissions are fixed by a messagecatalog. These message types are listed, defined, andclarified by example in ref. (13 , and include such types asemergency warning to aircrew; urgent message receipt; andadvisory data.

JTIDS is intended to provide needed tactical informationsuch as positions and velocities of targets, hostile air-craft, SAMS, and friendly forces to friendly aircrews,force commanders, and other users. It is to be secure andjam-resistant.

The operational possibilities of the integration of theJTIDS-like data-link system with the IFTC system have beendiscussed in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 and in Section 3.

The purpose of this section is to discuss the mechanics ofthe incorporation of the JTIDS information input into thesimulation. The IFTC program was not concerned with simula-ting the JTIDS transmission and net characteristics, perse. It was concerned, however, with demonstrating theresponse of the IFTC system to certain classes of simulatedJTIDS inputs. No sorting of the inputs by priority was per-formed, and it was assumed that if the JTIDS informationreached the simulated airborne computer, it had been fil-tered, and judged to be of sufficiently high priority to beprocessed immediately.

The purpose of the JTIDS simulation was twofold:

0 Demonstrate the advantages afforded by an on-boardtrajectory generator which can immediately react todata-link inputs.

8-1

Page 170: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

* Demonstrate that without an on-board system that canautomatically react to data-link inputs, the pilotwill likely be overwhelmed by the available data.

As described in Sections 2 and 3, the IFTC system canaccept data-link inputs which may be as simple as thecoordinates of a target-of-opportunity or as complex as aseries of ordered points comprising an entire missionredirect, and with a critical time-of-arrival assigned atone or more key points. The data-link inputs may also bethe positions and other information such as type, directionof flight and number of hostile and friendly bogies. Theinputs may also be the positions and types of SAM or AAAemplacements.

The IFTC system reacts by first warning the pilot that adata-link input has been received. This is accomplished byilluminating the DATA-LINK annunciator on the glare shield.This action serves to attract the pilot's attention and cuehim to inspect the TSD and the status display. Additionalinformation is always provided on either or both of thesedisplays.

For the case of a hostile bogey warning, the IFTC systemresponds immediately by placing the bogey symbols on theTSD as shown in Figure 8-1. If updated bogey positioninformation is available, the symbols will appear to moveacross the TSD. The bogey symbols are blinked to causethem to "stand-out" on the display. If the pilot reacts tothe bogies by assuming manual control and deviating fromthe nominal flight plan, the system responds by creating a"capture" profile from the aircraft position to the nextpoint in the mission list.

As the pilot continues to deviate, the "capture" profile isrecomputed and redrawn on the TSD to always show the pilotthe most direct route back to the original mission plan.Each time this flight segment is recomputed, the times-of-arrival and fuel estimates for all the remaining points inthe mission are updated. This "capture" profile is alsoshown in Figure 8-1.

For a mission redirect, more cues are given. The IFTCsystem accepts the redirect waypoints, times-of-arrival,etc., and constructs a flyable trajectory through thepoints including a "link" segment from the aircraft to thefirst point in the redirect mission. This trajectory isimmediately displayed on the TSD in dashed format as shownin Figure 8-2. Notice in the figure that the DATA LINKlight is illuminated.

8-2

_ _, - I- ili

Page 171: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

DATA-LINKED POSITIONS OF HOSTILE BOGIES AND CAPTURETRAJECTORY POLLOWING AVOIDANCE MANEUVER

FIGURE 8-1

MISSION REDIRECT PROFILEFIGURE 8-2

8-3

Page 172: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

In addition to the new profile on the map, the statusdisplay is displaying the message: "C&C PLAN 4 REDIRECT."This indicates to the pilot that he has been given a mis-sion redirect. The redirect has been assigned as PLAN 4,and the NAV SELect page has been automatically placed onthe status display for either rapid engagement of theredirect or rapid access to the data for the redirect.

Another class of information included in the data-linksimulation was the location and lethal envelope size of SAMthreats. An example of the TSD display of the threats andthe avoidance profile through them is shown in Figure 8-3.

The trajectory generator has automatically recognized theviolation of the lethal envelopes by the nominal trajec-tory, and constructed a modified profile to clear thethreats, as shown by the dashed line profile.

DATA-LINKED SAM THREATSFIGURE 8-3

8-4

IWO

Page 173: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

The simulation has the following data-linked capabilities:

2 - friendly aircraft - fighter type

2 - tanker aircraft; one in standard racetrack refuelpattern; one in direct track pattern

4 - hostile aircraft - fighter type

6 - data-linked missions of multiple waypoints and tar-gets

10 - SAM or AAA threats of varying threat envelope size

The data for all data-linked inputs were specified duringthe simulation initialization. At the appropriate timesduring the mission execution, the data-link inputs wereactivated by entering a code number on the hybrid controlconsole, which served as the experimenters' station asdescribed in Section 4.

In addition to these capabilities, it was also possible tosimulate the effects of either a data-linked or radarupdate of target coordinates.

The automatic response of the IFTC system to the data-linked inputs was contrasted to the alternative approachfor attempting to respond to something as dynamic andcomplex as a mission redirect. The alternate approachwould be to require the pilot to manually insert the coordi-nates of all the redirect mission points into the airbornecomputer, a time-consuming and error-prone procedure.

In the total absence of an IFTC-type system, the pilot isforced to use maps, kneepads and whatever other resourcesare at his disposal to attempt to construct a flight planand perform time-of-arrival and fuel usage estimates, atask felt to be impossible in the opinion of the pilot testsubjects used during pilot testing.

8-5

, I ! ! ! I

Page 174: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

9 SYSTEM SIMULATOR

9.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

A hybrid simulation was developed to demonstrate theIntegrated Flight Trajectory Control concept. The simula-tion includes a cockpit in which were installed the con-trols and displays. All processing is accomplished in realtime which allows the simulation to be exercised by a"pilot" in the cockpit. The simulation was performed inthe LSI Hybrid Computing Facility, Figure 9-1, and was usedto demonstrate the concepts as described in Sections 1.3and 3.0, and pilot testing as described in Section 4.0.

9.2 SIMULATION CONFIGURATION

The simulation configuration, Figure 9-2, shows theinformational flow among the various functions. The fol-lowing computers were involved in the simulation:

0 Applied Dynamics Model AD/4 Hybrid Computer whichhas digital logic capability, 16 analog-to-digitalconverters, 16 sense and control lines, and 108digitally set coefficient devices, in addition tothe usual analog computing elements.

* Applied Dynamics Model AD/256 Analog Computer withfull trunking to the AD/4.

* Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC) PDP 11, Model 20digital computer with magnetic tape and disc memoryunits.

* Digital Equipment Corporation PDP 11, Model 03minicomputer.

* IBM 370 Model 155 digital computer with associatedhardware. The 370/155 is interfaced with the AD/4and the PDP 11/20 via the hybrid interface (HIF) andthe remote interface (RIF).

* Hughes Conographic electronic symbol generationgraphics system.

• Single-seat, tactical fighter cockpit with associ-ated controls, displays, and analog and digitalinterfacing to the simulation computers. The cock-pit interfacing also includes the read/write buffermemory and character generation electronics for thestatus display.

9-1

L.iI I

Page 175: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

E-.4

:D

'4

9-2

Page 176: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

. . . . ..................... ......... m... ..0.n.0.fflf.*tlll

cLt

I.x

p .. .. ..... ..... ... . . ... . . ... ..... .... i ............

IL

IA4

9-3

Page 177: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

9.3 COMPUTER FUNCTIONS

The vehicle dynamics consist of a six-degree-of-freedom model of the F-4E aircraft dynamics. The model isa combination digital/analog mechanization, as described inAppendix A. The four-dimensional guidance and controllaws, and profile generation are computed in the IBM 370.Guidance and control is described in Section 6 and thetrajectory generation is described in Section 5.

In addition, the control and display management, asdescribed in Section 7, is processed in the IBM 370. Thecockpit button pushing activity, however, is monitored bythe PDP 11/20. This information is passed to the IBM 370via the hybrid digital data lines. The status displaypages formatting information (everything but data) isstored on the 11/20 disc system. The digital data for thepages is supplied by the IBM 370 via the same digital datalines, and is overlaid on the format information.

The IBM 370 is also used to pass TSD trajectory informationto the 11/20. This information is in engineering units andis unusable by the Conographic System in that form. The11/20 passes the data to the 11/03 which converts thetrajectory information to the parametric form acceptable tothe Conographic System.

The IBM 370 also computes those quantities needed fordriving the conventional cockpit displays of airspeed,mach, altitude, vertical rate, fuel remaining, and the ADIsymbology. The digital outputs are converted to analog andscaled properly for each instrument. In some instancesfurther signal conversion from DC to synchro-type format isrequired. The outputs of the control stick, throttle,gear, and speed brakes are passed to the computers from thecockpit. Throttle positioning commands are sent to thecockpit during automatic throttle mode operation.

A separate video cable interfaces the video informationfrom the Conograph system to the TSD monitor in thecockpit. An analog interface couples the output of thethrottle-mounted crosshair controller to the PDP 11/20. InFigure 9-2 the large box labeled "hybrid computer"represents the combination of the IBM 370 and the AppliedDynamics AD-4.

9-4

_ _ _ _ _ _ - - - -- n - -

Page 178: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

10 WEAPON DELIVERY

10.1 WEAPON DELIVERY OPERATIONAL CAPABILITY

To provide weapon delivery capability, the blind modeweapon delivery algorithms from the Air Force AN/ARN-101Digital Modular Avionics System were incorporated in theIFTC simulation.

The guidance and control philosophy for implementing theweapon delivery was to have the IFTC steering functionscontrol the aircraft to the IP point. At the IP, steeringcontrol is smoothly passed to the ARN-101 blind weapondelivery steering functions. The ARN-101 steering func-tions control the aircraft until weapon release is detec-ted, at which time the IFTC trajectory generator creates a"capture" trajectory from the aircraft position at weaponrelease to the egress point. This capture trajectory islinked to the remainder of the mission, and all fuel esti-mates and times-of-arrival are updated.

This control philosophy allows the substitution of otherweapon delivery algorithms, such as curved path or conven-tional visual modes, with minimal impact on the simulationstructure.

Figure 10-1 illustrates the blind weapon delivery geometryand the events sequence for a typical run-in to the target.Up-o target approach, the "In-Range" annunciator on theglare shield illuminates at the range at which a pullupmaneuver may be initiated for a maximum standoff range,toss delivery. A normal level laydown maneuver may becontinued, however, or any desired vertical path maneuvermay be made. Automatic release will deliver the bomb

provided the release consent switch (pickle) is maintaineddepressed.

During the delivery maneuver, after the "In-Range" illumi-nates, the roll steering command is based initially on ananticipated toss maneuver, but gradually shifts to thelaydown maneuver if no pullup occurs. The roll commandwill then follow and use any pullup or dive maneuver.

Also, after the "In-Range" illumination, the EADI (or ADI)

horizontal pointer will indicate a dive angle which willresult in weapon release at approximately the break alti-tude, if followed.

10-1

Page 179: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

- "'0

x 47

/ 40IME

N .. / , -El

Ii - a

4 -~ 0

zCL

0.j

10-2

Page 180: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

10.2 BALLISTICS AND RELEASE PREDICTION

The simulation used the external ballistics of anMK-82 GP bomb. The solution to the weapon delivery problemis based on two sets of computations:

1. Aircraft state prediction at the time of weapon

release

2. An accurate model of the external weapon ballistics

The aircraft state prediction algorithm estimates theaircraft position and velocity vectors at the time ofrelease based on predicted aircraft accelerations. Thepredicted time to release is continuously adjusted bycomparison of the current range to target with the pre-dicted aircraft distance to release, plus the ballisticrange.

The computation of the Mark 82 bomb range and time of fallis accomplished by numerical integration of the exteriorballistics. The ARN-101 technique is well suited for high-speed, airborne digital computers and is applicable to thevarious classes of unguided air-to-ground weapons. Thecomputations require the inputs of altitude and velocity atrelease, the ballistics coefficients, and an atmosphericmodel of density and wind.

The technique uses a time-base, second-order, Runge-Kuttanumerical integration process with a fixed number of time(integration) steps for all weapons. The number of inte-gration steps is kept small and fixed to ensure that calcu-lation time is small and fixed. This is an importantrequirement for airborne use and extensive experience withthis technique has shown that good accuracy is maintainedfor all classes of weapons.

The equations of motion are developed assuming the projec-tile to be a point mass, acted upon only by the forces ofgravity, wind and air mass resistance. The assumptionsare:

a. Flat, non-rotating Earthb. Gravitational attraction is constantc. The projectile is a point massd. The projectile is constant mass and non-powered

10-3

- ---.t1 ---- - -~----- -- - ---

Page 181: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

With these assumptions, the following differential equa-tions apply:

I

d x dx+ t 0dtd

d2 V Eq. 10-12 + dt + G = 0

dt 2 d

2d z dzH--

dt 2

where

x = Down range

y = Altitude

z = Cross range

t = Time

G = Gravitational attraction

H = Drag function

The drag function, H, is computed as

H d2 C v Eq. 10-2

where

p = atmospheric mass density

W = bomb mass

d = bomb diameter

C = weapon coefficient of drag

V = velocity of weapon in air mass

The atmospheric density, p , will be determined from a tableof the pressure and temperature values. The parameter, CD,is empirically derived and given in tabular form as a func-tion of Mach number for the Mark 82 bomb, a typical low,Irjq bomb. The behavior of CD with Mach number is in a

r ,asily used by the computer for the impact range, , . This approach to weapon delivery is veryirl oasily adaptable to the addition of a new

.. . '. .,, ntry .

Page 182: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Definin; three new variables, Vx , Vy, and V z as,

dx- = Vdt x

dy = , Eq. 10-3dt y

dz- = Vdt z

Substituting the above expressions in Equation 10-1 resultin,

dV- -HV

dTt X=Hxr

dV Eq. 10-4-i - -H - Gdt y

dVdt Z = _ z

The six first-order differential Equations 10-3 and 10-4

are the desired equations with time as the independentvariable. The Runge-Kutta integration technique provides astep-by-step method of yielding dependent variable valuesat given intervals of the independent variable.

The total weapon trajectory is divided into 10 units andwithin each unit it is assumed that all forces remain con-stant. The assumption of constant forces permits the deter-mination of the projectile position and velocity at the end

of the unit. The forces are recomputed on the basis of theupdated position and velocity and these forces are used by

the computations for the next unit. The process is repeat-ed until all units are completed. The initial integrationattempc and integration interval adjustments are illu-strated in Figure 10-2. For a complete discussion anddefinition of the process, see reference (4).

10-5

Page 183: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

zz

C

-cC

00

~W 0

E-

- Cf

zz

C 0-0 Cz

ZC 0

0

- 04

-~ 0 Z

C0

z

U Z<

10-6

Page 184: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

REFERENCES

[i] "Feasibility Study for Integrated Flight TrajectoryControl (AIRLIFT)"; Bird, M., Instrument Division, LearSiegler, Inc., Grand Rapids, Michigan, AFFDL-TR-77-120

[2] "4-D Area Navigation System Description and Flight TestResults"; Lee, H.Q.; Neuman, F.; and Hardy, G.H., NASAReport No. TND-7874, Ames Research Center, Moffett Field,California, Aug. 1975

[3] "Survivable Flight Control System Final Report"; Hooker,D.S.; Kisslinger, R.L.; Smith, G.R.; Smyth, M.S., McDon-nell Aircraft Co., McDonnell Douglas Corp., St. Louis,Missouri, AFFDL-TR-73-105

[4] "Computer Program Development Specification for NavigationComputer of the F-4E"; AN/ARN-101(V) Digital ModularAvionics System, CBI001-010A, 11 Feb. 1977

[5] "Integrated Flight Trajectory Control"; SPR2-79, 16 MMSound/Color Film, Produced by DET2 1361st Audio VisualSquadron, Wright-Patterson AFB, Dayton, Ohio, Product ID#79/B2-FD/9

[6] "Integrated Flight/Fire Control System"; Phase I Study(F-16), Interim Technical/Report (Data Item A004B), Vol. ISystem Definition, General Electric Aircraft EquipmentDiv., Binghamton, New York, Prepared for AFFDL, AFAL,Wright-Patterson AFB, Dayton, Ohio, Contract No. F36615-75-C-3143, Nov. 1977

[7] "High Threat Environment"; Woodford, Captain Steve; USAFFighter Weapons Review, Winter 78

[8] "Integrated Flight Trajectory Control"; Fileccia, G.L.;Bird, M.; and Addis, L.; 1977 NAECON, Dayton, Ohio, May1977

[9] "Trajectory Control System Advances"; Stein, K., AviationWeek & Space Technology, May 28, 1979

[10] "Joint Tactical Information Distribution System (JTIDS)Standard Symbology Phase I Cockpit Display PresentationFormats & Flight Test Symbol Set", Part I; ASD-TR-77-31,June 1977

R-1

A- I I

Page 185: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

REFERENCES (cont)

[ii] "Development of the Integrated Flight Trajectory Control";Bird, M.W., PhD., Lear Siegler, Inc.; Addis, L., LearSiegler, Inc.; Comegys, G.L., Lear Siegler, Inc.; Young,W.L.; AFFDL, Paper Presented at the NATO AGARD, Guidanceand Control Panel Symposium, May 9-12, 1978, Sandefjord,Norway

[12] "Data Transfer Unit Automates F-4 Nay Inputs"; AviationWeek & Space Technology, June 25, 1979

R-2

Page 186: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

APPENDIX A

F-4E SIX-DEGREE-OF-FREEDOM A/C MODEL

A-1

Page 187: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

APPENDIX A

F-4E SIX-DEGREE-OF-FREEDOM A/C MODEL

A.1 AIRCRAFT MODEL

The F-4E aircraft was modeled for use in the IFTC dynamicsimulation. The standard non-linear six-degree-of-freedomflight equations were used to define aircraft motion. Veryfew simplifying assumptions were made. The aircraft bend-ing modes and ground and jet effects were neglected, andboth engines were assumed to operate at the same thrustvalues.

A.2 EQUATIONS OF MOTION

The equations of motion of an airframe referred to Eulerianaxes are:

BEx + Li i P1WLZF -P 0

IXX 0 -1Ixz E0 R -Q I xx 0 XZ

: 0 1Iyy 0 M + -R 0 P 0 1Iyy 0 Q-I xz 0 1Z zz N Q -P 0 tI XZ 0 IZZ R

( I IR + 12P)Q + I3EL + I 4 EN

LsRP + 6(R2 _ p2) + I7EM

(1I8P + 19 R)Q + 1I4 EL + 1I1o N J

where

IY I -I zx 2 Ix I -Iz 2 Xxx zz xz xx zz xz

A-2

A lkm

Page 188: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

I IzZ X:

I i I I I -I "XX z: Xz XX Zz Xz

I -I IXx X

1- 16 1I ICY

I(I x-I )I +-I-

V." :IS : -I(I I - I X

XX ZZ X:

"V Z_ X _ XX

9I0

XX ZZ Xz XX zz Xz

and

m = mass of airframe

U, V, W = linear accelerations along aircraft body axesX, y, and z

U, V, W = linear velocities along aircraft body axes x,y, and z

P, 0, R = angular accelerations about aircraft body axesx, y, and z

P, Q, R = angular velocities about aircraft body axes x,y, and z

Ixx, Iyy, Izz = aircraft moments of inertia

Ixz= aircraft product of inertia

YFx, IFy, £Fz = external forces representing the summa-tion of the aerodynamic, weight andthrust forces acting on the aircraft andresolved along the x, y, and z body axes

A-3

.'I I

Page 189: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

IL, !M, N = external moments representing the summationof the aerodynamic and thrust momentsacting on the aircraft and resolved aboutthe x, y, and z axes

The external forces and moments acting on the aircraftconsist of aerodynamic, propulsion, and gravity components.

A.2.1 GRAVITY FORCES (FxG , FyG , FZG)

The forces due to gravity acting along the body axesdepend on the aircraft attitude and weight,

FxG = -WsinO

FyG = WcossinP

FzG = Wcos~cosq

where

W = weight of aircraft

0 = aircraft pitch attitude

6 = aircraft roll attitude

A.2.2 THRUST FORCES AND MOMENTS (FXT, FyT' MT)

In order to determine the engine thrust terms, it isnecessary to define the relationship between the thrustvector and the aircraft axis system. The C.G. must beknown to determine moments due to thrust, and the anglesbetween the thrust vector and the aircraft body axes mustbe known in order to resolve the thrust along the bodyaxes. The angle between the thrust vector and the aircrafthorizontal plane is 5.250 and the angle is 0.250 in thevertical plane. The thrust line acting through the WaterLine is 313.5" and the thrust line acting through theButtock Line is 32.405". The F-4E ia equipped with twoengines. For this simulation, both engines are assumed tooperate at the same thrust. The components of force due tothrust are,

FxT = (T1 + T2 ) cos5.250 cos0.250 % 2T

FZT - (T1 + T2 ) cosO.250 sin5.250 = -.183T

A-4

14-_-- *

Page 190: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

and the pitching moment due to thrust is

MT = (T1 + T2) [(cos5.250 cosO.25 0 )(zCC 32.405") +

cos0.250 sin(5. 2 5 0 )(XCG- 313.5)]/12"

or

MT 2T [(zCG - 32.405") + .091 6 (xCG - 313.5)]/12"

where xCG and zCG are the C.G. locations along the x and zbody axis, respectively.

A.2.3 AERODYNAMIC FORCES AND MOMENTS (Fx A rFPYA Fz LA,MA, NA) A

The aerodynamic forces and moments are,

F -qS ECD LA qSbZC1

F q LSZC = qSCZCYA y MA m

Fz -qSZC L NA = qShb-C n

where

q = dynamic pressure

b = wing span = 38.67 ft.

6 = mean aerodynamic chord = 16.04 ft.

S = wing area = 530 ft.2

The F-4E aircraft is capable of flying in a clean or highlift configuration. The high lift configuration definedconsists of the three leading edge flaps (inboard, center,outboard) deflected 300, 600, 600 (respectively), thetrailing edge flap deflected 600, and the landing gear

A-5

I

. -

Page 191: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

extended. The expanded aero coefficients for the cleanaircraft are,

ECD = CD(M, CL)+.C (M, CL , 6sb)5 sb £ b

C (NI, h, 4.v.)3 - C (M, h, a,,)R,+ ( C-) cy (,1, h, )P

+-C (,M)S +C (m)6S?) C (Nf, h) 6ra a sp v S r

C "

2 CL CL(I, h, )-( u -) C: (M, h)QO-( ) C-,.(M, h,)&q S 1

+CL (M , h, a) S+CL (M, h) 5 SP+CL6 (M, h) 5a+CL (N, aw) s sbs sp a 6sb

EC = (M, h, aw)B+( --t- ) C1 (M, h, a )R +( -0-)C (M, h, aw)PI S p S

w(I, h, a)+C (M, h, aw)S+C (NI, h, aw)6S P16 awa16 rW rsp _ a _r

ECm = C (M, h, a)+( C )Cq (NI, h)sQ + )c (M, h)m US q S aUS n

+C m (M, h, a w)M +Cm (M, h, a W)spCm6 (M, h, aw )6 + C (M, a

ECn = Cri(Mi, h, aw)8+ ( 2--)C n (M, h , o ) Rs+ ( -L)C n CM, h, a w)Pn n w 2U n ' S 2U i 6 ' n w sb

s r s ps

+C n (M, h, aw)6 sp+Cn (M, h, aw)6 a+Cn (NI, h)6rsp a r

A-6

Page 192: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

and the expanded aero coefficients for the high lift con-figured aircraft are,

D D L' s' C) C(CCD (M, CL' sb

bsb

:C1, C C (a )R + C" ( ) P2U r S 2U

3 s 'r

+C +~ C (m)5 C

a sp

ECL = CL(a, 6s , CQ - (2-)C (awQ - C

S q s

CL (, h)6sp+ CL6 (aw)a + CL 6(M' 1w)6sb

6 (,h 6 w) a3)

Lsp a sb

!C I (~)B+(- -C (w) Rs + (2-)Ci 1 )P

+ CI (M, h aw)6sp + C ( w 6 a + CI (aw 5 r'P a r

sp a r

= C "

EC Cm (CL, 6s , C A2 mqs + (f--)Cm. (as q s Ot

C6 (M, h, w )6 sp Cm6 (aw)6 + C (M'c±)5++ w )R w a w sb

sp a sb

S r S p

+ C (M, h, aw)sp + Cn (aW) a n6 (aw ) rspp a~w Tlr r

A-7

A _ _ _ _ -. -4-

- -- -

!Ak

Page 193: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

where

Us = stability axis velocity along x axis

Ps, Rs, Qs = stability axes rotational velocities

= sideslip angle

S= angle of attack rate

5s = stabilator deflection

5sp = spoiler deflection

6a = aileron deflection

5sb = speed brake deflection

Sr = rudder deflection

CA = leading edge boundary layer control momentum coef-ficient

The aerodynamic derivatives were programmed using a tablelookup procedure.

The gravity and thrust forces are defined with respect tothe body axis system and the aerodynamic forces and momentsare defined with respect to the stability axis system.Since the equations of motion are written in the body axissystem, the aerodynamic forces and moments must be trans-formed to the body axis.

The external forces and moments acting on the airplane andreferred to the body axis coordinate system are,

ZF F F cosI 0 -sin -FX X G xT XA

EF = F + 0 + 0 1 0 FY ] YG YA

EF F F sina 0 cosc F8G zT zA

A-B

Page 194: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

-sine 2cosIa 0 -sina -qSEC D

= W cos6 sin + T 0 * 0 1 0 qSzC

COS"cos-, -183 s inca 0 cosa__-SE

LL0 Cosa 0 -sina L A

\Y + 0 1 0 M A

_N0 -sinci 0 Cosa N A

Cosai 0 -sina bE1

T 2[z G 3.405") + .091 6(x CG- 313.5")1J/12" + 0 1 0 cE

sina 0 Cosa b'C

with Euler angles

=f(P + ysinO)dt

e=f(QcosO - Rsin )dt

f[( - P)sine + (Qsin + Rcos )cosejdt

A- 9

V . ~ -. Mona

Page 195: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

AD-A44 T LUKA 6199J INC DRA RAPIDS MICH INSTUMMi DIV FtWAO-AC~ M F3AS:SZL$MY FOR? PI NUORA1 PLINT ?TRA.MCT? CONFRO. CPS*I-TC~UP

IPDNC 79 4 L CCSys. S. ADS$# j N aIs PUM9-7-C-IUS

3-4-3-9383sn

MENNlIIENNE

Page 196: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

and inertial velocities

V = U(cos',cose) + \'(-sinlcos, +cos,,.int.sin-

+ K(-sinsin + cos:sincos -

V" = U(sincosO) + V(cos$cos.' + sin,sin,'7sin1)

+ IV(-cos sinp + sin+,sinicos )

k'f U(-sinq) + \'(cossinj)+ I(cosecoslt).

With winds added the ground speed components are

V VN + V sinq h

= V + V coswg

andk /V 2 +VE2.-grd IN/V+ "

g g

The aircraft position in earth coordinates is

x = A'F dt

y = fVN dtNg

z = -h = .fVddt.

The air data quantities used in this simulation are

V = /ij2 + V2 + W2

p P Oexp[4.351n(l.-6.9E-6.h)]

a = 1117. /i.-6.9E-6.h

VT

a

A-IO

Page 197: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

2 T

- I Vy =tanl-

g

VIAS = VT • //00

where

VT = true airspeed

p = air density

a = speed of sound

M = Mach number

Q = dynamic pressure

y = flight path angle

VIAS = Indicated airspeed.

The aircraft angle of attack, angle-of-attack rate, and

sideslip angle are computed using the following relations:

180 tan-I W

aw =a+ 1

180 -

-- tan-1 v

U2 + V2

where

* = angle of attack

* = wing angle of attack

B = side slip angle

= angle of attack rate.

A-1i

9 ,JL, i

Page 198: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

Engine thrust (T) lags the commanded thrust (TCOM) accord-

ing to

T S.(TcoNI - T)

where thrust rate is limited such that

jfj , 183S.il.-.0125('n/1000.)]Ib/:: ec.

Commanded thrust is a function of Mach (M), altitude (h),and throttle position (St).

T CO = [700. + (179.-45M)6 t][I.-.0125(h/1000.)] 0 < 6t 50%

= [9650.-2250.M + (137. + 45.M)(6 t - S0.)] 50, < 6t < 100%

[1. - .0125(h/1000.)]

Stabilator, spoiler, aileron and rudder dynamics are al!modeled as first order lags with rate and displacementlimits on deflections.

* Stabilator: = 20( 6S S S

C

-24.5/sec < S < 23.8°/sec

-21.0 < 6 < 70

* Spoiler: sp = l0.(6sp c - 6 sp)

-25°/sec < sp < 25°/sec

-430 < 6p < 430

• Ailerons: a = o.( a a)

C

-250/sec < a < 2S/sec

-30* < 6 < 30*

-- a a-

A-12

T W, |

Page 199: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

0 Rudder: *R z 20.SR-6)

-2S*/sec <- 6R 2S*/sec

-300 < 0

A-i13

77.7

Page 200: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

APPENDIX B

STABILITY AUGMENTATION SYSTEM

B-i

Page 201: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

APPENDIX B

STABILITY AUGMENTATION SYSTEM

The stability augmentation system chosen for implementation onthe 4D IFTC program was the Survivable Flight Control Systemdeveloped by the McDonnell Douglas Corporation. The SurvivableFlight Control System was designed to meet three basic handlingcriteria. These criteria define envelopes for the transientresponses to pilot step input commands for all three aircraftaxes. The C* criteria was used to define the pitch axis re-sponse, a roll rate criteria to define roll response, and the D*criteria for directional response.

C* is a normalized blend of pitch rate and normal accelerationand D* is a normalized blend of lateral acceleration and sideslip.

The control system McDonnell Douglas designed to meet thesethree criteria is shown in block diagram form in Figures B-1 andB-2. These block diagrams represent a simplified version of thecontrol system where only those blocks which have a major effecton the flight control are included. Individual blocks in theblock diagram are labeled so that they can be referred to insubsequent discussions.

The pilot input to the longitudinal control system is shaped byBlocks 1, 2, and 3. Block 1 scales the pilot input. Block 2 isa non-linear gain that provides a low sensitivity to pilotinputs near neutral commands while large pilot inputs are notrequired for large commands. Block 3 is a dynamic prefilteremployed to slow down initial response to pilot input. Normalacceleration at the pilot station and pitch rate are the feed-back controls. The normal acceleration is passed through Block9 to filter out the body bending modes. The feedback controlsare activated when the force on the side stick exceeds 2.0 lbsand de-activated when less than 1.5 lbs. Blocks 6 and 7 deter-mine the fade in/fade out switching of Block 10. The feedbackcontrols are switched in with a time constant of 0.3 sec andswitched out with a time constant of 0.7 sec. KS (Block 4) isan adaptive gain which is a function of the stability derivativeM&. M,5 is commonly referred to as the elevator effectiveness orelevator power. For the 4D IFTC real-time simulation, M6 iscomputed from values of CM e stored in a table where

pVT2SE o

e

B-2

Page 202: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

U

0

UU

'-4coo

C',C

0

B-3

Page 203: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

-~E-4

LT

ll 0

B-

Page 204: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

KS then provides a gain scheduling that varies as a function offlight condition. Block 5 is additional compensation used tomeet the C* criteria. The remaining blocks are self-explana-tory.

Pilot inputs to the lateral-directional control system areshaped in much the same manner as the longitudinal controlsystem with one exception. Blocks 10, 11, and 12 are crossfeedinputs to the directional axis from the side stick. The lat-eral control system feeds back roll rate, providing additionaldamping for the rolling mode. The directional control systememploys lateral acceleration at the pilot's station and yaw rateas feedbacks. These feedbacks augment dutch roll damping andprovide turn coordination. The yaw rate is washed out by Block9 in order to prevent rudder deflection during steady-stateturns. This would result in an uncoordinated maneuver. Thefeedback control switching is performed in the same manner asthe longitudinal control system. The gains K0 , K1 and KR arefunctions of M5 and provide gain scheduling in order to meet theD* and roll rate criteria throughout the flight regime. Kf(Block 6) is an attenuation factor due to rudder flexibility.

B-5

4--- . . -- ,. .- . _

Page 205: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

APPENDIX C

PROGRAM FLOW CHARTS

C-1

Page 206: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

40C YES F- -- 74W

EP S A NEW SET CONT 4) FORPow REQUESTED? USE AT STI.T 960

YES

is k NEW SOO

RESET DRAWING CAP 'URE TO YESSTATUS WORD BrTS TI,* :NGAGED ES SET 1CONT153 FOR

AS REQUIIREO I OFLE USE AT STMT 960REOLESTED?

NO

22 560

IS THEREtEQLJEST To SET ENGES OR IF A ENGAGED

YES FREES FOR USE CAPTURE SEGMENT3VE EXISTING NO LONGER 19 DESIRED,

ENGLARO OR PREDICTED A 1 5 I'MTS 961 ANDPROFILES? 990 AND 9S9 UNSET CAPTURE DARN BIT

IWKM44)-O

NO

600

YES P"A CLAR E EOINTLY So r7OO,IS STAGEN SET ICONTM FOR BEING DISPLAYED?sEvam BAD I? USE AT STMT 920 BYPASS UPDATEIF WITHN10 MILES

NO YES

roo 620ISO

15 A NEW HAS GENTEX RESET 3 SEC

GED PRWLE AND YES SET ICONTM AND WITH REQUEST YES COUNTERS AND SET

PREDICTED PROFLE ICONTM FOR USE AT TO CALCULATE NEW ICONT(61 FOR USE AT

REQUESTED? STMT 959 PREDICTED STMT 980 INORDER To

CAPTURE? DISPLAY NEW CAPTURE ONPREDICTED PROFILE

NO NO

630200

IS A NEW YES SET lCONT0 FORENGAGED PROFILE INCREMENT 3 SEC2-8REMESTEDIT USE AT STMT 969 COUNTER

ME)

.300

IS A NEW YESPREDICTED PROFLE SET ICONT(3) FOR (STMT 640)

REGMSTED? USE AT STMT 959 c GE 2-A

No

SUBROUTINE MAPGEN (TSV PROCESSING)FIGURE C-1 ( I of 14)

C-2

Page 207: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

920

1S STAGEN ESENDING BAG I ON ~ E

2-ATHIS PASS OF A-A/MAPGEN?

5i,640 Sr

HS3SC YS REQUEST GENTEX ToS LOCKOUT YES (920c),PASSED SINCE LAST ES ALLTEEWFLAG FOR BAG 2 10-APREDICTED CAPTURE CAPTURE TO PREOICTEZST

UPOATETPROFILE.

+Y SFL

A G OA G

HASA ES ETICOTII FR S LOCKOUTI; YE 901WAPIT-UEBTSM 6 FLAG FOR BAGBEEN~~~SE PASDT UDT

NOO

isYSSET ICONT(BI FOR I FLAG FO BA S E

HS A UE YSSET SCOTMT FO0 FLAG FOR BAG 900WOOAYPO HN CE S UOE AT PSSIBL 960 G 0

REUENSTED ? O REUE UEPST DAOTEI O

No N

S YESUBROTICN( FOPGE ISS PROCESSING)(SOOFIGUR C-i (2G of 14)

CLUTTER~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~- OR3 LTE S A TT90ST

IS ::;j

Page 208: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

ZJ. &JEL FRI) 31,~ Z

3-A

i 9-63

F9 5

-' 5 -> SET OAAW'I. STATjSP RE3 "IU YES , W RDS TO ERAS "

PE2.ESTE ANJGl CAAE 7 EXSTIN ENGAGECEGAWiOI PROFILE. DTSET CLu'lEPRE1~JET~1 )ATRIXA. LP45ET JENGES

iS SET 0AWIN5 5A"JHEA NEW WOKS 'ZERASE

ENGAGE REQ)JESTEC E EE ..C - --_ ENG PRC[,CI -

ASET CUN IO EN J

AND ERA9 () PROFLE UPATE - FRREQUESTED?,, S MA. kSE7 P55-

980

ERS YES Z~GAE NEWO ( 99REQUESTEO? 5-6 F8EI7' < DAN; POC'

IS N EW P OIN0TE (4000 RE FE yt N W N

REQUESTED? S-8 OF l NoDC~ ~IS EW PrAGET (4000

CPUEREQUESTED? ,-a

S NEW PEDCTED '160001CCFLCAPTURE REQUESTED? 7-C (i OD-SCEN RS

IS A TOA UPDATE MOOD-REGUESTED? 7-0

(S 5CLUTTER/DECLUTTER 18000)REQUESTED? 8-A

HAS TRJPID REQUSTED 13000)l

SU EO T CNTRO LINE (yPOCSIG

FIGURE C-1 (3 of 14)

c-4

Page 209: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

--. - -w-E-A,U.N SE% :.N -A PR3FIrXE AE2Y9 SI'-

"A E PASSED ',6 WP.Nr - INfREFcOR 2 PAST 4IS'

L: AN~ V 4 SE EXIST. P-CMLPIN!";P SE3MCN11 - -#diEU OF PUN.TS BYt 225

PASl .45 ( , AN

-MEREFcOlE AR ORESET REGUEST PAGS. A C.APT 2PS 4RESET ODRAWING STATUS ORIGNN PAST SEC

T , _A, T 2 PA

T LZATS ET CONTROL JWmS AND)OS R I ONE PAST ttTD IN SE J G Pr13 'WWI>~. LZ;CG

FWORDS TO REMOVE IONF O~- A~A ~. JEXISTING ENGAGE DRAW PO E IPAST 45TBITS. RESET C-UTTEP OF POINT' AND ,EN'5. P4W' IN

W' ZATHAG.

el-S. RTIA :.TE SE TE IC"iTM~ FPOAE PAST 4.ST SEG.

LOAO TC = ~HAVE PASSEL) 2PORESET PAST HIRSTORY I PAST lT 9E INTO P SEG A

(E TMPSGI. Er

FROM V -_- L TA T

SEQ ANO 2TEORPAS' S POINTS E)M-TE-A ORIUTAL A/C POTON TO I IR E SE ANCg.ARQO'T A/C PO~Tsr , r ¢Q ~ 31

0JlRE T AC POSrK*4POINTS ACCORDIGLY

S02050 232!• . 2005 AEP..RZ R R - -

E i NEW S M YES A ELOA THE 3 PA//ENGAGED IN SAME,-,, MORE WO. TERIEFORE LO| 3T

PLNDAT SLOT AS 3 PAST HIST SEG AND lIT SEQ INTO TIV9o& .

CURRENT 3 PAST HIST POINTS LOAD THE 2 PAST HIST

ENGAGED? EXIST. INCREIENT SEG AND POINTS INTO OATBAGPOINTS ACCOROING1.Y

2010 2070

THEREFORE NO PAST LOAD THE 3 PAST FASTHISTORY REMOVE SEG INTO TMPSGI ANO

ANY EXISTING THE 3 PAST HISTCAPTURE SEGMENT POINTS INTO OATBAG

SET NLIEE OIF SEGMENTS 20EQUAL TO WAYPOINTS

MINUS I- Tt"dS WILLELIMINATE THE ARE 2 SAGS YES AST LOCKOUT FLAGS FO

ET THER NIMB - OF., NEEDED TO SEND THE BAGS 2 AN 3. SET

POINTS TO WAYPOINTS 2 YES TO B SENTMINUS I. THIS VLL

ELIMINATE THE AIRCNFTAS A WAYPOINT

SET LOC-KOST FLAGFOR BAG 2. SET 20

NUMBER OF SEGMENTSTO BE SENT

SUBROUTINE MAPGEN (TSD PROCESSING)FIGURE C-I (4 of 14)

C-5

Page 210: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

NEW PREDICTEDPROFILE REQUESTED

5-A -

2530 3000

RESET REGUJEST FLAGS.FNASH LODIN~G BAG 2 RESET ORA"IN STATUS

INTO TMPEIGI FOR TRANSFER WORDS TO REMOVEON NEXT PASS OF MAPGEN EXISTING PREDICTED DRAWI

fWHEN LOKOUTI2I IS BITS. RESET CLULTTERSERVICED] MATRXFR O N

TOA. SET NUMBER OF SEG

255025M 020304J

AR BG YS THE SEGMIENTS hNTO AREYS SE UBR FSGAREED 2 ASN YES PBG2 FOR TRANSFER NEEDED TSED YS SET LOKOUT FLAGS

TH RFLON PASS AFTER TIWBGf THE PROFILE FOR BAGS 4 AND 5IS SENT NVHEN LOKOUTr3) DATA? FOR LATER SERVICING.

TOINICSH LOADIN THE SRETNME IOF TSG.TDAAT TA INTO DTA FOR FOAFR SA ON BET

OFSG FORTRASFE PASS OF NAPGEN.

DOSA YS CNET COTOL LANESO LA PEITED~U YS FPECTOP

TOA EXSUBROUTIEI LOAPGEN(S PROCIESINPG)THIS PRFILEFGUR C-D (5A INT 14)RASERONX

TMBG FRTRNSE PSSO-KPIE

42SO

YE

Page 211: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

CONTINUED FROM ROES NEW POINT REQUES5EO

S-A 4376-A 647-A

3120 4004050

LOAD PREOICTEO PROFILERE TCL TRFAGPOINTS INTO OATBAG FORARTHET YSSTTRATITNTRANSFER ON THIS PASSBENCLT RDPAIGS TU

OF MAPGENWOD

DOES A TDA YES INOROER TO TRANSFER TOA HAS OPCON YES INCREMENT NIJIBER O3FEX13T ON THIS LATER. CONVERT TOA AND REQUESTED A 'NEW POINTS. ADO NEW~ POINT

PROOILELT ? DRAW TISO B I T ANDR THREOET A0 TRMERTTUREN

TO LRASFD IOENEST O 3 ECP TURE

SAG OFCURN POINTS.

THREOREADICED AE THE RO ADES THEREFORE ADE TATERFREADEPIL DRAWIN STAT S OD.ORAG STAUSFWORD- REUSTA ST WR.QUDTESLUTEUPDTE CLTTER MTRIX UP'DATE CLUTTER MATRIX. UPA. CPUTER MAITRINT.

CONROLWODSUBROONi UTINTE MAPGMENTESROESIG

FIGUREC-I (6o4 14

C-220

tOAD1 moPN.TERIE13 0

Page 212: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

7-A 7-l7-C -

RtEWT FLAGS. LOAD NEWENGAGED CAPTURE SEW'S RESET FLAGS, L-OAD NEWINTO DIATSAG ANDWI NG PREDITED CAPTURE SEW'S

ASSIGN SYMBOL. crs lAG TMWSG3 (FOR STORAWE INTO DAT1BAG AND TMP8G3 AR THERTO POIVS IN SET CONTROL LINES FOR (FDR STORAGE) SET ANY MORE TOA*S

CRETP SGBAG 9 TRANSFER SET CONTROL LINES FOR SAG 9 FOR TIS PLAN,CAPTURE DRAWING STATUS TRANSFER SET DRAVINGWORD MITS. CONVERT TO STATUS WORD SITS.

ITS CONVERT To SITS

SET CONTROL LINESLOAD THE POINTS INTO FOR BAG 0. INSET TDADATBAI) FOR TRANSFER AND TDA SITS 14

ON TIS PSS O Q-A(10001 RA WING STA"'IS WORDS.MAPSE. 2-AUPDATE CLUTTEH MATRIX *To

REMOVE TOA& TDA

OETERM4? TDA ANDTDA VALUES. CONVERT

RR N ELOAD DATBAG TQ D COC AND LOADPOINTS~~41 WIH HRA9ITOTMO (FORTHRETS? AMM.STORAGE) AND OATBAG

FOR TRANSFER ON TIS

<

PASS OF APGEN.

SESTR T N CONTROL (TESS T COROLES FOR

t2c-a

SURUTN -AGE (DPOCSIG

Page 213: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

CLIEP/3ECLUTTER REQUES 81AG es

DEZ~.,ER YES UNSE' GRAWIN, S-'JSOf--u'-R WRC i FOR REF1UE-

REFE.~ PA--EAN7 '~ WR PAT'ERN.

802C i0

DEL,7ER YES UN3ET PREDICTED PRFECLUER YES SET DRAWING STA'USLORAWING STATUS WORD RFL AENWORD 01' 7 PO REFT.LE

PREOI'E:; PROF I>ET 1- SITS. UNSET PREOP ELE A AEN

ELUER YES STATUS WORD SIT. IN C ISE7 DRAWING STA71JS

DECLTEPUTTER YES UNSET CLUT

TER MATRIX'A5'TCALL MATROT SBRDUTS4E ENAGED N FOR TDA'S SD THEY ARE

TO REMOVE TARGETS FROM uRDCEDTA REMOVED AT STP4'S

T4ET RMCURRENT RDIE TFPINS090ADt20

3LOTTER YES TTATS OWCBITD DELUTER YE USET DRAWING STATS

THEAT 3UC6L WAYPVKTT. REME ENGALGTE YES WO DAWINSTATUSTAHRET? AJTS FROM CURRENT PEDGAGED TDA? TAS

S BAOGIN OF AE (TSDPOCSSNG

FIGUR C-i (8fO4

T PONTS.LOA

Page 214: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

CONINJEO FROM4 PAGE 8 MO CHANGE REUMST

0-A8-

(49E1 REQUEST FLGS COWMET TO SITS.OELTTR YS USTDAIGSMt LOAD T*4=G SET CONTROL. LIES

PRDCE OSAU ODST TO OATBAG FOR FOR SAG SFO RDCE O.TRANSFER 13H TMS TRANSFER

PASS OF MAPGE4

S-C8206 v020

OVERL.AY DATSAG WITHCLTE E ENWE 040W PUT ?IEW MOOE

PRDCED O TA10RMBT NORATIO. WOW INTO T1W6G3FRPEITDTAOEPEOFG ON (FR STORAGE)

VALUE OF NO0ST.

OCUTR YES (*49CT ORAW1M SET ORAVI STATUS oACPEITRSTATUS VORO SIT WORO FOR MODECHNGE

FOR AC PRDICTRS WATE BIT.

NOO

S832

FOPITE A/YPEDCTR

NoFL Y24T 1NO

TO CLUTTE ITEMS YE

WHICAL E OMC-3N EIYI FETDB PRICTED YEAS

CL~~rtEAFIGUR C-iOR PRO9 L YET 14) B

ERAS SCEN SEN

Page 215: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

SENO BAG 2 SEND BAG 3 S-40 SAG 4 OD Sa S

9200 9300 9400MO

NShET REQUEST FLAG. UNS REQUEST FLAG-. LIIET REQJEST FLAG.LOAD TWSGI MM LOAOD TWG2 NTO LOAD TWOM INTO UNSET REQUEST FLAG

DATBAG FOR TRAN4SFER OATBAG FOR TR.ANSFER OATBAS FOR TRANSFER LOAD TMF9G2 INTOON TIS PASS OF ON TIG PASS OF ON TMG PAWS OF OATSBAG FOR TRANSFER

KAPGEHL KAPGEN. MAPME.

9220 9320 9420 8S20

SET DRAWING STATUS SET ORAWI1SAUSST STATUS STTSST WINGSTTUWORD FOR ENGAGED OO W F? ENGA EOO FOR S}VO FOR PREUDTEDPRFLE BAG 2 PRL SA 3. PROFLE BAG 4. PROFILE SAG S.

CONVRT TO SITS. COV'ERlT TO BaTS. CONWRT TO SITS CONVERT TO SITS

9240 9440 3440

SET CONTROL LNES SET CONTROL LINES FOR SAG4 TRANES FONRO LSFOR SAG 2 FOR BAG3 O RAG 4TRANSFER. TRAN4SFER UP A"T "c

Q-A 12-A 12-A 2-A

SUBROUTINE MAPGEN (TSD PROCESSING)FIGURE C-i (10 of 14)

1C-11

Page 216: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TA4TZ REFJELSESHLJ47 REW.JES, SEND~ RAG 9

fA 1

5700 9900

UNSET REQUJEST FLAGLOAD TMW8GS KTO

OATBAG FUR LRSET REGUEST FLAGSTRANSFER ON N~sPASS OF PAPGEN

87

OVERLAY QATBAG -2 SONAGS VYaT *lWITH NEW REFUEL CTISWA 01-

SEGMENTSNEDA?

972098004

LODREML SEWS PROFILE TOA ANO TOA WRFIE TaA ANE2 TA PATTM CA OEHT lW 6 FOR VALUES. LOAD THPOG VALUES. LOAD TIfG3 AT STNT 4325. LOAD

STORAGE WOOTA O w ;wFRTP3IT AOQTRANSFER ON TIS PASS TRANSFER ON THIS PASS OVERLAY OATUAG WFTH

9750 n m94

UPDATE CLUT TER KAT~l E O N OASTTAADTA 4OAXSAUSET REFUEL SEGMENT STATS INW OVET S INU A ~ WORVERT COVR TO GATS

OFT INTO ORA WING STATU WI C.OVT S U PAECUTRESTATUS WOD aAIE Wi. ATE FO6OUDTERRRFELSGET

CONVERT TO UTS. CLUTTER MTRAX FO LTE AR(FRLA VULSCIT

8770

SET CONTROL W OTOLINES FORLNE O

SAG 9 TRAMPE BG

SUBROUTINE MAPGEN (TSD PROCESSING)FIGURE C-1 (11 of 14)

C-12

~ - ~---Ink

Page 217: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

10000lO '0I60

,AC 'ANKER OR -AO THE BINARY ICaO N'.RCRA JNFRIENOLY AIRCRAF NUBER OF THE LAS'3 N. 2 POSTION - POINT PASSEO INTO

:NTO OAT6AG 19-21 OA'BAG 38,

,0110 '0170 10230

OAO TA..ER ORLOAO AIRCRAFT TRACK, UNFRIEND.Y AIRCRAF

T LOAD A/C UNFRIENDLY

POSITiVE CW, AND SIN NO. 2 TRACK IPOSITIVE NO. I POSIIONAND COS OF TRACK C4I AND SIN, COS OF!N DA'BAG 4- , TRACK INTO OATBAG

I 22-24

10120 10180100

LOAD TANKER In IN LOAD A/C UNFRIENDLYLaAO IST AIC EBCDIC INTO DATBAG 25. NO I TRACK IPOSITIVEAREOICTOR INO LOAD AIRCRAFT TRACK CWI AND SIN. COSOA-9UG 7-9 IN EBCOIC INTO OF TRACK INTO

DATBAG 26. 27 OAT8AG 4-45

10130 10190

LOAD 2ND A/C LOAD A/C GROUNDPEDO NTO /SPEED IN EBSOIC RETURNPREDICTOR INTO INTO OATBAG

28, 29

OO 10210

LOAO A RO A/C LOAD COMMANDPREDICTOR INTG INFORMATION INTO

DATBUG 13-15 DATBAG 34-36

10150

lOA t L LOAD THE ALONG TRACK

PDSITION INTO OATBAG DISTANCE FROM THE

18-t8. UPDATE EVERY POSITION TO THE LAST

260 MS. 1WAYPOINT INTO DATBAG 39.

SUBROUTINE MAPGEN (TSD PROCESSING)FIGURE C-I (12 of 14)

C-13

. - ......... - -- .- -. t

Page 218: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

MATROT

TENTER

ENTER

, o 0 1

2 0 0 5 0 2 0 1 00

INITIALIZE NUMBER DETERMIN MUIN .TTLEOF PINTS NB. OEEMN UBE EEMN NUMBER OF ITOS SECONG.CRPNTS N OFEROE HUR OF ONES MULTIPLE OETERMINE MULTIPLECINT A. OLHOURS OF ONE'S SECONDS.

12=0 01 20060 20120

REMOVT ALL POINTS STORE EBCIC PATTERN STORE ESCOIC BITFROM CURENT BAG DETERINE FOR NUMER OF PATTERN FOR NUMBER

rTH K)'S BETWEEN RMININ SECONDS HOURS T"EMPORARLY OF SEC OES.LL AND L. INTO ITE1PRI. S

12013 2000 20700 2115I

17

RELOAD THE REMAINING OETERNNE NUMBERPOIT BACK INTO OF WHOLE M4UTES DETENMgE MULTIPLE F TOA IS POSITVE.

CURRENT BAG N FROMEIINING OF TEN'S MINUTES STORE E SYMBOLSECONDS

20025 20060

RETURN DETERME N OETERMNE MULTIPLE F TOA IS NE ATIVE

OF RIMNG OF ONES MINUTES STORE L SYMBOL.SECONDS

20030 2007

STORE EBCOIC SITPATTERN FOR NUNBER

CONVERT RAINIG OF PINUTES (ANO COLON RETURECON TO INTEGER TEPORARILY INTO

ITEMPR2J ANOITEMPR3J

200410

OF IL~tEODTERNE NUMBERr" HOURS

SUBROUTINE MAPGEN (TSD PROCESSING)FIGURE C-i (13 of 14)

C-14

Page 219: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

MGNIN T RF-PA" ERASE

ENrEP ENTER NE

6 I'locc

LOAD 2 SEGENTS SET FULL SCNTIALIE TIME ,.ET CURRENT AND THE IST O ASET IN SREEN

CIRCLE CA WLATLDN. PAST VALUES OF STRAIGHT LIE ERATS WR IN UNAWINPNSET SERVICING CLUTTER MATRIX BET1WEEN THTE RFIPWIRD 2.

AND RFAP POINTS

LOAD THE 2ND'JNSE' GENTEX NEW SEGMETA WITH START IF NO ENGAGED

PRCF'LE REQUEST FLAGS. POINT AT RFAP AND PR0FILE EXISTS. LNSETINITIALIZE NUMBER OF SET REQUIREDTURN CENTER OETER EC ENGAGED PRO E

SEGMENTS IN EACN BY R. AND FINAL DRAWING STATUSSLJT. TURN START DETE.RMINEO WORD SITS

BY REFUEL SEG LENGTH.

2 21

LOAD VALID THREATS /IF ND PREDICTEDUNSET DRAWING INTO CURRENT RAG I RETURN PROFILE EXSTS. UNSETSTATUS WORDS INO CURRNTSBGRTU :

STATUS PORINTS~ PREDICTED PROFILEDRAW BIT_

3 13 11030

--- CONDIS

TURN OFF X-HAiR. SET ICONT41 TO RADOWING T

INITIALIZE TEMP SEND VALID THREATS ENTER WORD BITS TOSTORAGE BAGS IF ANY EXIST PODps TSW.

4 3000 11040

READ MATRIX IDISVII

INITIALIZE OATBAC RETURN ANDBA13OI ND CONVERT TO BITSDATeAG(30) AND OVR OST

OATBAGI46)

INITIALIZE CURRENT RETURN RETURNBAG OF POINTS EU

SUBROUTINE MAPGEN (TSD PROCESSING)FIGURE C-I (14 of 14)

C-15

} -- -

Page 220: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

ENTRY POINTENE'GTSTRT*

INITIALIZEISPT YECO UE -SLOT POINTERS AAEETRJCOYAND~ FLAGS -A-2OR2WY INPIS

RETNO

SUBOUIN G YNTE (TAJCTR EXCUIE) ALIERETURN JTMFGR ENTIR (1OIL of 2)i

No -NO

L IM,-- -

-

2

9EE

- _ _ _ _ _ __YE

Page 221: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

2A

TRAJECTORY

FLAGS

SUBOUIN GETEX(AJCOYECUI)

1-9 ETEFIUE C-2L (2 POI2)

FLA - 3 -ATO-O

Page 222: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

CALL CUR~VEINTAIEPOLEs9TRAIrHT ICS)YSI 1A3I 0m -a

SUBSUBROUTINE ENTO (TAJCTR G~fEEATTOR)

CALFIGUREEC-3R(IGHT 2)

STRAIGHT ~ ~ ~ C- 8C)(s o o I EO

Page 223: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

COMPUTrE FLGH

WA YPWSN4T N-1 TOI

TO N

9r NOOI

WAY Q ' WtA VA4OX FROM

AT 'Ris SET O LA

NO N

SUBROUTIN COPUEN(TAEOR GENERATOR)S

AlUR O-X (2A GRETE 2)

T~kN OMPUTO AT'FRON -19V

FPA~~~~~- -APITWYOITCMV

Page 224: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TENiE

IDCTIAL3ZE

SEPARAT.

T UROTN CSTURE-SRIGT

FIGUR YES

< &AYT2>_

Cwor

Page 225: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

SETUP OATA

TC) 4jLE CALL SAVE PF2L1To 0MWV GT~~ ATA JUVT

C=U~h COMPUTED

C"cmYE &I

SA

LE

SITUP O0ATATO MALE CALL.

T CS

SUBROUJTINE CSC (CURVED-STRAIGHT-.CURVED)FIGURE C-5

C-21

Page 226: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

BTRAlw Lim

COMPUTE SPAATION4errwei ofA2ND hvAyPaNT

AR EGR -

9ET~C- 22 A

Page 227: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

T

Ewro

VVIALMP0ZWTm

L4

TFVOM--T(r PAIR

NONO

TV'KEN No TM THE YES

AT THE LAPT TROM-T(r FWTURN

WAYPQtNT PAM

YES

YES

COMPUTE TWBETWEEN

AND

2A

SUBROUTINE TIMERFIGURE C-7 (1 of 5)

C-23

Page 228: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

2A

is THISis INITIALIZE HAS THE LAST

THE TIME NOO NO WAYPOINT INERROR LESS VELOCITY THE VEL.OC17Y THE Ttwi

THAN 1.0 SUBSEQUENCE AT 'TO* WAYPQINT YELOC17YSEr. POWERS BEEN SPECIFID SUBSEQUENCE

YES YES YES

PROCESS NEXT 'FRADRETO' YES TWTIWTH AIDJSUSETMENT

TIME WAYPOLNT ACCELERATIONSUBSEQUENCE VELOCITIES POSITIONING IS NOT

EQUAL POSSIBLE

No

COMPUTE TIMEADJUSTMENT

IA SENSITMT'fCOEFFICIENT FOR

VELOCITY SUBSEQUENCE

is COW'UrTE CHANGEis YES WROW YES REPUIRED INTIME ERROR VELOCITY ACCELERATION

> 0.0 GREATER THAN SEGMENT POSITION ISD'TO' VELOCrT

NO NO

is 9ETUP POINTERS FORTRW ACCELERATMN SEGMENT

WAYPWT POSMONNG WITHINVELOCITY THE FMST

GREATER THAN VELOCITY'TO WAYPOINT AMO/W TIME

VELOCITY SU89EQUENCE

No

3A

SUBROUTINE TIMERFIGURE C-7 (2 of 5)

C-24

Page 229: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

3A 3

NOWE &CCELERATMNW

COPUTE CK40E SEGMENT TOWARDlREGIL D4 'FRO( WAYPOINT

ACCELERA1TO SEMN BY AN AIOUINTPOSITION 135) OETE4INED BY THE

SENSM~TY COEFFICENIAND TIME ERRORI

SETUP PONERS

SEGMENT POITIOD4WITHIN THE FIS

V~laCTTY ANDOR~ TIMESUBDLNC

II

ANSUBRONTINETTIMERFIUR THE (3 of 5)Y

COEFFII~rT MCTIM

TH CEEAIN H IEPMT

SEMN MERR A RCS HYO oBENRFE

-IT -ETEMS " - Z z zVi -

Page 230: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

4A

TINITIALtZE

POINTERS FORDITERMEDIATE

VELOCITY CKAHGE INVELOCITY ANO/ORTIME SEM)ENCE

FLIGHTis NO Av g LESS is YES SET DnVIMEDIATE

TIME THAN OEqf Fm. D(TERMEDIATE VELOCITY EQUAL

< >Nl

S

ERROR GREATER COMPUTE DECREASED VELOCITY LESS THAN TO MINIMUMTHAN (LO PITERICOIATE MINIMUM VELOCITY VELOCITY

VELOCITYYES

YES No

ADNAAFT FLIGHTTIME 19 GREATER

THAN O COMPUTEINCREASED

INTERMEDIATEVELOCITY

ISW;Emnm >YES WVWMATEGREATER THAN VELOCITY EQUAL

%A)amum TO KkXZMUM* TE SETAIRCRAFT VELOCITYVELOCITY

NO

TIME USINGIRMTE

6A

SUBROUTINE TIMERFIGURE C-7 (4 of 5)

C-26

Page 231: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

SA

SPROUTIETME

FIGURE C-7 (5 of 5)

9

C-27

Page 232: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

ENTER

INITIALrZE SWITCHPOINTERS, TO MAXIMUMZERO SEGMENT ACCELERATIONS

ACrELERATIONS

NO

ARE DETERMINE CANSEGMENT No IS "F MAX. VE'LOCM

WAYPOINT YES To*WHICH CAN 13E WAYPaINTLENGTHS Si AND LT *TO' WAYPOINT OBTAINED USING VELOCITYSS EQUAL TO VELOCITY GrVEN ACCEL. AND0.0 BE OBTAINEDPATH LENGTH

YES NO YES

IS 'FROW DETERMINEMIN. VELOCITY

NO WAYPOINT YES WIGCK CAN BE 2AVELOCITY PROFILE VELOCITY GT OBTAINED USINGIS REQUIRED -TO' wAYPw4T GIVEN ACCEL. ANDVELOMCITY PATH LENGTH

NO

VELOCITIES AT CAN'To* NO SWITCH

RETURN WAYPOINTS ARE WAYPOINT TO MA)aMUMEQUAL. SET VELOCITY CELERATIONSSEGMENT LENGTHS BE O6TAJNMX)

YES

20

SUBROUTINE NOMSPD (NOMINAL SPEED)FIGURE C-8 (1 of 2)

C-28

Page 233: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

CaOUTE COMPUTE~SNECESARY OECEL ATMNSGrr LDCTH SEGMNT~ LENGTH

I IE ACCELETION SETVALULES N A~CELFRATMNLSEGENT VALUES AND

PROILE SEGMENT~LENGTHS

SUBROUTINE NOMSPD (NOMINAL SPEED)FIGURE C-8 (2 of 2)

C-29

Page 234: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

CLLA VARMIjSCMW &jjT WXEVWYTo mmr W TH

ACC RAZ" fl~

CCWUTE VWQmS

cAN s "~E9Ar

AM A~j~VELMcrw

M12 MJNDM

SUBROUTINE SPDLIM (SPEED LIMIT)FIGURE C-9

C-30

Page 235: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

WTTAILOOP LDCTS

HAS SET WAYPOW

VcLacrry YES VELOCrrY TO

swrEowi SPECVIED SPECYIEDAT WAYP OVT A T

VELOCrry

NO

HAVE ALLNo *FROM-TO"

PAIRS OEENPROCESSED

YES

SET LIPIS YES NECESSARY

ANKMAFT *FROM-TtrVELOCm VELOCUTES USbG9PECIFIED

VELOCrTlES

NO

SET Lip *24.LN. YES WRAP--UPNECESSARY WAYPCO(T FINAL RETURN*FROW-TO* 'FROM-TO'VELOCMES PAM KEN

PROCESSED

::*Nl

PAIR

SUBROUTINE NSPD2 tNOMINAL SPEED-2)FIGURE C-10

C-31

Page 236: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

IVrTIALIZECONSTANTS

ADJUST FORANGULAR DIFFERENCES

IN AICRAFT ANDWIND HEAOMNS

COMPUTE IMEAROUND TURN

USING CONSTANTAIR SPEED

SUBROUTINE TTTURN (TIME-TO-TURN)FIGURE C-11

C-32

.M

Page 237: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

EN TER

INITIALIZEDATA

SUROTIHE TRONST (TRNI TIOE)

FEERIGUR CAL-IM2T

FLGH TME LYARUN TR

Page 238: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

ENTER

INITIALIZEPOINTERS ANDCONSTANTS

COMPUTE AVERAGEALTITUDE, FUEL

BURN RATE.AVERAGE VELOCITY

COMPUTE FUELBURNED OVEREACH PROFILE

SEGMENT

ALL .FROM-TO" NoVAYPOINT PAIRSBEEN PROCESSED

YES

RETURN

SUBROUTINE GASLFT (FUEL REMAINING)FIGURE C-13

C-34

Page 239: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

ENTER

COMPUTE TURNINGRADIUS ATWAYPOINTS

No

Is No M.PTHE YIEL__(

WAYPOINT LAST W kYPOINTA TARGET IN PLAN

YES

SET ALTITUDETHEF'S YES is IT YES OF IP EGUALIE AN THE CORRECT TO ALTITUDEIF POINT BEFORE

7HE TARGET lp POINT OF TARGET

< P 1- DON"T INSERI IP PT

Y-O NO

ISAT 1 HEADING YES

'HE TARGET13EEN SPECIFIED

NO

19 THESEPARATION YES SET IP AND

BETWEEN IP AND TARGETTGT LEPS THAN ATTITUDES EQUAL

2.G "I

No

2A

SUBROUTINE IPCHK (TARGET IP CHECK)FIGURE C-14 (1 of 2)

C-35

Page 240: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

COMPUTE HEADING .' Is 'N

BETWEEN TARGET No IP INAN] PRECEEOING PTSITION BASE'N

POIN" 'N ON TOT H"A S

YES

SEPERATION IE1BETWEEN IP D NOT INSIT

ANO PREVIOUS POINT FP POINT

ES

INSERT IP MOVE IP TOPOINT IN IAORRECT POSITINPLAN

RESET LOOP IAPOINTERS

IA

SUBROUTINE IPCHK (TARGET IP CHECK)FIGURE C-14 (2 of 2)

C-36

Page 241: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

EN.. TER

. I~ij q_ } SET PARAME TERS

15 ENTY YS I TRNE:EDED FOP : GENTEX

MAIN ST URE.T REQST (SE ! O AIJTTHE-REQUEST? BENR POES SED? 0P LO O A P N L" T I SLE)AC

to ISET~ ~ ~ PAAEES5E8APIN 0LO SET OUTER 00 LOOP

ISTJI E OUTREULT RANGE TO NMENEEDLAED O BTANCEO PLOSRW UME OF I- YPOSA TS TRRETRN THE RTEEST (SEOIT LI OF FIA WP INSOTaEL"KNET A/CREQEST T00 EA LOOP E LIITS NUBE 'MALDNT'.I N W T

SETINER DOI LOOP

CHE T C IRC

ETU~N1T BETWEE WAYPOINT J CHCIGTAE

ANDEA THREA I TIQ CENTEI R 1. L D ONE ? IFANYYPYPNTTRLIN WIHI AAINN]Y

YE 3 T HI N S ITA N CE ES

EQUETST? THEALRDIS

SET POINT IJTO MV APITT

POIN 2 O SUBROUNGTHRE AVOI CENTR. EATO VODANC)CMLTDWAYOIT PSI~ftPONT EREICULRE TO 1 (A LIN 3) N

3 T SCCEDIIG ETEENPR CEE -3GAN

-- -aL .11.--o--.--,.S . . . ..8Cn-- -,

Page 242: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

START CHE CKN -r SEE S T OUTER D0 L OW

IF NY SEMENTS T O NUB OF EGN NS.

SE INE 0 LOOP

INTER T ANY EXCLU DE A/C TO fST

T HREATS O

TH REAT CICES. WAY PO S GME NTr)

T

,-"t25 120J

SOLVE FOR THE

INTERSECTION OFS G 1ENT J AND A

FW H LP YSi TN

LINE THR U G THE OF SEMENTE _i AVAI TRET

THRAT CENTER O ENN

PERPEMOaCL".ATO SEGMIENT J

0T 00 LO P IF SOLVE THE DSTANCE

6 uT A. E

IT'S A 'FALS E" ' BETWEE/EN INT RECT ON GETRTA

INTER ECTIN AN T HR EAT CENTER I TRA AIS

we8t4

14 Z

W ~ IkP ON SEG MENT .1

EET TRJTIO

OEP N # LI H AR P O IN T 3 T O N DIN G

TO EG MNT J .AYPOT N EG ENTJ

LOA D NEW WAYPOWN INCRE MNT NU BER

INTO PTP QQ ANG OF WAYPOINTS TO

LOOP RETURN

PLNOAT IINCL UE THE ONE

C MPL.ETE D?

YES 21 T25

R ST TRJTI Q YES A T HIS No A T HI E ESTGNE

R EQUEST FLAGS ATJIA

E Q R EQUES T FLAGS

SUBROUTINE AVOID (THREAT AVOIDANCE)

FIGURE C-15 (2 of 3)

C-38

_ , A -

Page 243: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

AVDINT MOVE

ENTER ENTER

CALCIATE A NEWPOIT CALLED XS, Y,

INITIALIZE FLAGS AND PLACE AT A DISTANCEFOR USE IN 1. SR FROM POINT X1, Yl

AVOI AND PERPENDIULAR TOA LINE DRAWN OTWEENX2, Ya, AND X3, Y3.

RETURN RETURN

SUBROUTINE AVOID (THREAT AVOIDANCE)FIGURE C-15 (3 of 3)

C-39

-1 -,, qfm

' '-

Page 244: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

E ER

NT

2010

Z THEISM SS YES IS NEW STHEREFORE NO PASTTHR PROFLE IN NO 4TORY POSSIBLE. LjAQOUGH PATHMG SAME SLOT AS aRIGINAL CAPTURE INTOON THIS PAST HISTORY SLCT 4.PROFILE? CURRENT SLOT? RESET WAYPOINT COUNTER

NO7

YESTH

40

THEREFORE PAST HIST-l 56

POSSINSLE. RESET A/CBUFFERS PUT IFF RETRN F! LAS YESISS , T,ARTIFICAL SlEali:14i INTO C ToIS SET, GO

'TM t"ROW 85, PLNORT ROW I "T 1* 61

TOW 86'PLNOAT I . 2PM OW86 I]FUTURE)

NO

soS30

SET BUFSLT TO CURRENTTEST TO SEE NO IEKAG SLOT. RESETIF A/C JUST 303 PATHING tST PASS FLAG.

PASSED A VP 2-C NOTIFY ACM00 OF MAJORCHANGE IN RLNnAT

ROWS 85-87.

YES ISO

iso ISO

RESET PASS FLAG. JUST PASSEDNO INCREMENT WAYPOINT S R07ATE Up PASTIS GENTEX BUSY? COUNTER. ROTATE 4TH OR MORE HISTORY POINTSA/C PAST HIST CURRENT PROFILE7 AND SEGMENTS-BUFFERS.

YES2010

so

3 ROTATE LIP PAST YES JUST PASSED (71032-C HISTORY POINTS IST WAYPOINT? 2-6AND SEGMENTS

No

rm2-A

SUBROUTINE PATHKG (PATH MANAGEMENT)FIGURE C-16 (1 of 9)

C-40

Page 245: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

290 390

JUST PASM YES2NO WAYPOINT ON ROTATE UP PAST MT.CURRENT PLAN? P014-S AND SEGMENTS

NO ISoo

400

-7JUST PASSEC YES ROTATE LIP PART3RO WAYPOINT HIS7. PUNTS AND

ON CLIRIWNT PLANT SEGMENT$

2-8

710

ROTATE UP PLANOAT 2-CIN IENGAH

SLUT. DECREMENTNUMBER OF WAYPOINTS.

NOTIFY KAPGEN TO I"FOP NEW TOA VALUES.DECREMENT NUMBER OF SIET-SUFOSPF FORSEGMENTS. NOTIFY A/C USE IN MAPGIEMMODEL OF CHANCE INPLNOAT ROWS 85-87

74L 73073

0THEREFORE ARE ON THEREFORE HAVE PASSED

-3ORIGINAL CAPTURE 9M HAVE PASSED &3 2ND OR MORE WAYPOINT.LOAD PAST MST SEC FROM WHICH WAYPOl4rT LOAD PAST HIST SEC I"ORIGINAL A/C POSITION TO nTMhT LAST VP TO CURRENT

CURRENT A/C POSMION. A/C POSITION

790

THEREFORE HAVE PAVIEDIIST WAYPOINT. LOADPAST MST SEG FROM 3-AIST WAYPOINT TO

CURRIENT A/C POSIT06

SUBROUTINE PATHMG (PATH MANAGEMENT)FIGURE C-16 (2 of 9)

C-41

IZI

Page 246: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

3-A

NEXT~~~~E FLAG ENAG FLGAOROUYS)s E

' 820 830

8400

s

SET SLAT FLA0 MAOIS YESAIRCRAT WITH~ UT~lWTULN IDCTUR HAV

NEXTR WAYPINTS ILAG SEE OS NOT RETO

A~~~~O SAME WAYTRC FIN1 NH

NEXT YSUBROUTNAE CURTENG (PAT YANAGEMENT)WAYPOINTFGUR A-1 (3F BEE 9)1E NPOIINWTHN29~

00ITALRAD FR TISMLS O RIPIN-42EL

-~APOT POINT? ----.-

Page 247: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

AA

950 ~ ~ ~960 09

AI50REFUE YE IC EIIa4 X NOGM HASP ti I YES SEO' TJAG 'C~2ONT 0INTE SLOT 1

.4--

SUBOUIS PTHEM (PAT MANAGEMENT)EU

C-4E 3AFL

AIRCRAF1 ~~ EE -E SGNE oWYON N YSSO JRMV

Page 248: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

i 2-. 12 ,. -2,-

HAFS Alk --RAI- A-.L.3 R E 4 YES "IS ENTE - YES

3A 4,; A: TME QNL. .S CEN EX MCNiSHE 0 W, MAKE A 4Z.A'E ANC _ BUSY? ,r PEVIOUS UPCA'" 3R ME ON["- AN IZ M.IE" kEQUESTS?FRLM 0i 7 .

"YES r

'23322

SET C FLA IS A 4::FOR !SE A' - JPCA,'E REOUESE':331

i , A-0 C BYkC MD3EA 7

123S 225

6 iSE' 'ME ONLY

RESE' REJUES . FLAG O SFBFLA-S ,7 S-M '!0

V?53

NOTIFY AIRLRAFT IS THIS A "- YES MCMODEL F CHANGE TIME ONLY 1S-

N P71SDAT ROWS b!,67 UPDATE?

N ESET FLAGS TO REQUEST'

EWNGAGED YES MPE U

REQUESTED AT UP A NEW ENGAGEO

ST.T IESPDIE

1170

SET FLAGS TO MEGISTMAPGEN TO PUT UP (MCI

NEW ENGAGED B-ACAP"JRE SEGMENT

SUBROUTINE PATHMG (PATH MANAGEMENT)FIGURE C-16 (5 of 9)

C-44

-- ----- _ . ... . .. ..... .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. . . _

Page 249: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

JP0Aj'F AIROlRAFY' NO -II ES H< AS AIC 4 AS WE APON .

'AS' 4SR 8UER WEAPO OLERY --. < BEEN WITHIN DEC > - EVEPN -REENPl -NOA ROWS 85-87' EN A E 7 7 A G FFAS~

7 'I A ' C

- -1 1365

RESET REQOVEST:SF AP. i>RF1AG. EO SCIs WOEXC YES IS THERE lNI',AA'In F AL;D'N'ERS -SE:C kT ~ PRTVAN EINGAGE3 S7s7~A~O ~E138C AND 139D. RESEDERT!E PROFILE? iSTM- 13461 E ~OND-'P

-A, USEC AT 5M' 153C. AS. -

- -NO ES

1430 -f -1370

INCREMENT 3 SEC JscoRESE

T WEAPON COUNTER BYPASS

5-A DLIVEY FLGS ~3 SEC UPDATE I31A DELVERY LAGSIF AIRCRAFT IS WITHIN

10 KILES OF WAYPOINT.

'0 HAS LASTC

OELIVE~Y ULAAS. CAPTURE ESERIEN T)SM

Y ES

DEL 00R FALULTENE CAPTURE E

3SEVCE COUTER.M

SUBRUTIN PATMG (ATH ANAGMENT

FIGUR PROILE (6 of 9) LI

C- 45

Page 250: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

I-' iTHYESt IS A/C IcoLA "-'A ZE 3 -H,

Wi'HI, TBQ OF ---- 5 ' 370, 5E F-A,NEX-ET W~PN AAcfCA ING *IAS REENNAG- . _K; NEAR ARGE" fS .

NO NO13 V"

- - t342

SET NAVMO. - AG. ARE 'HERE NSET JENGAG F3P Y ONL TWO POTS

JSE A7 START 1365. ON THE ENGA.,EnSTOTHER FLAGS. AN

1345 NO 1343

REQUEST GENTEX 70

CALCULA'E A NEW CAPTJRE RCTA'E PLNOAA SOFROM CURRENT AT' THAT whYPKNT AF'ERNA --A-EPOSITION TO WAYPOINT TARGET IS NEXT

WTNOLLOWING TARGET. WAPONT ON PA'H.SET FLAG FOR USE DECREMENT NUMBER OFAT STMT 1190 WAYPOINTS AN: SEGMEN'S.

ANC 390. 1

YEN S_ _ _ _ _ _ _ L_ _ _ ____ _ A

HAS REFUEL YES,BEEN ENGAGED? RETURN

ND

1560N 1520

RESET FLAG USED AT1GTSTMT 1500. SET FLAGS GTTO REQUEST NEW

BLI51? ENGAGED PROFILEAT STMT 1165.

ISSO1530 I

I RTAT PLO I REQUEST GENTEX TOROTATE PLINDAT CALCULATE A NEW CAPTURE

TWICE TO ELM4ATE PROFILE FROM CURRENTUPCOMING RFCP POINT A/C POSITION TO WAYPOINT

AND EGRESS POINT FOLLOWING EGRESS POINT.

SUBROUTINE PATHMG (PATH MANAGEMENT)FIGURE C-16 (7 of 9)

C-46

Page 251: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

AP'.F, FmDINr %~

(~ ~~ EN'E ENE ENTR

PNLDA ~~ RDT'f FAS HIS' ~ ~ D~~"RA OWI'AL:ZE FL-AGS 5EDMEN'S AS CE"N EFNE. B ,A5

PLA R OW~ DA5. USED IN PATHMG BY APSUMEN S JF OF ** S--EPPLNDA~RD~ :A- SEGM '~N

106 MiLES LONG If,

BAC OFARCRAF-E~N RET'JRN p.

HEADING AN0 A-' 'JOEOF AINCRAF'

MAEl SES SVART DOCMILES FSCM A!', ANUSEC END AM CURPEN-

A!C PD.SIrIGN

LRETURN1

SUBROUTINE PATHMG (PATH MANAGEMENT)FIGURE C-16 (8 of 9)

C-4 7

Page 252: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

ENTER

ROTATE PAST HSTSFGM--NTS ANO POINTS

AS DEFINED BYARGUN'S OF

CAlL STATEMENT

RETURN

SUBROUTINE PATHMG (PATH MANAGEMENT)FIGURE C-16 (9 of 9)

C-48

-A- - -

Page 253: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

APPENDIX D

CONTROL/DISPLAY FLOW CHARTS AND STATE DIAGRAMS

D-1

Page 254: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

tn P

a2 ~~ R 2 9~a :e 1 2 -a a a c

2 - 1

m~~~~z -k a Faaa a a -

tj Z? Z a

ZII,

~~D-2

a aa 2 ~ ~Aha aaia a 2 2 2 2

Page 255: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

OPRENT

CALL BUTKEY

AjC 9TO

ANOTHERPASS YES

PFMVUTY AND STATE LSTATE= M = - ---- o2:UNSTABLE]

NO

YES WArT RETURNSTATE

NO

NOS TMLMLUS RETURN

YES

ACCESS STATETABU WRAN)CURRENT NO AN13 OETERMWE

STATE NEW STATE ANDNEGATIVE ACTIONVECTOR.

YES

YES

TAKE ABSOLUTE Go TOVALUE OF ACTMM PROCESSCURRENT STATE, RETURN 15AND PROCESS KM FOR LABELNEW C-STATE ANO OPRENTACTMN VECTOR

GO ToDMEXED

"TR

< >

I AOOf

2 ADM

lwRl

2 KTR2X AXX

34 MTRU

OPERA FLOW CHART

FIGURE D-1

D-3

Page 256: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

STAGENENTRY

YE3 DISPLAY ~TRREQUIRED

NO

RETURAY NSLBEORO R

SUBOUIN SPAGE

FIGRED-

INITIALIZE ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ D 4O IIHD YSSUFSAU

Page 257: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

j I&

I- II

o

z EA 0

5U

D- 5

Page 258: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

C z

-II

"--0 -,4

_ \

4 4r

z \

n1

N D-6

Page 259: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

zLU

IL

zLU~

IILI

0z U

>

CVz)

E-,

D- 7

- -S----s~ . -.-. .--- - --- -

Page 260: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

/- 4/~1

0 / ~ .1-z

0 4 - 4

z -a- a -

6

0

4 -'- cYI~

'Kz N~ 61

~- 1 I4

C4 ~ II

0oza E-4

C E-4/1 U)

7

0

4

4

z4

D-8

- ---------.----- -- - --------- '--- .--. - -

Page 261: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

P4

0u

z 0- 1 \

-E-4

/ / \ ""

- \ t *j 0:0

/E-4

C / ZI rC.

4 I x

/ 4

/./ ,4= N, -, /

4 / 0.

: I /\ . ;

D-9

LA

Page 262: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

- E-4

Lu U

uuJ

Lu I-

u <u-E-

Lu

ID- 10Ak

Page 263: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

0 ,

/ \-m

z ~

4 -1

,,.L.. r, _ _ ._ , . .. 4 ._ . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . .

Page 264: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

VV.

D- 12l'

/w

//

-t /

/ A

-D-1

,r 'N:

Page 265: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

I- >4

I%

am

'-

01

I,,-4

LA

D-13

A1k

Page 266: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

>4

I--

uj C0

00

00

I--

E--

D-14

Page 267: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

,., .DATA LINK KEY

VALID STATE

A36

MTR

D 1/ I\/ I\/ I

/ I\i I\

1

STATE DIAGRAM FOR DATA LINK KEY

FIGURE D-13

D- 15

• 9 -

Page 268: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

z -

0

I/

/o I.

//

-I / I

~/,, /* iN

2*~ ~/ -~

/ -

- a~* *

0

cx.'.-..

0 4 44 0

'C

H

U)

U)

D- 16

Page 269: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

N

\ :

-E-4

- ul

4 -\--=

- 0. 1-4

~E-3t;

-' Z I

/ / I-4

D- 17

-Ak

! - - " . . .' "',, -- , . . .. .

Page 270: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

0 -

1~ 10~ I - -

4 -N z

N /

'N 4 4 7.. 1

I * A4 4 -4 .-

- ~

;:/ \\\j ~ N z

~IVN'N4 I-,

4 4

Xc

~

1-4

0

~' / w~I~

0

//

/7

4 0XC.0

4

D- 18

4

e - --------------------- - -.-.------------..----- -.-. - -.

Page 271: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

'N,

4 "I \i

Z --

C /

- /,

4 /;

a / /

/ D-19

i/

Page 272: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

7/

/z

/ E-4._

mi ~

IAI

z -o rn

/ / i

0 'U..

z

D-20-4

/ D-20

Page 273: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

E--

E--4A-

00 OD

r: &4 2:1'

N CNz - N CN

-0 E-4

O4 -- 54

-H N1 N

-5-4 0'-

Ei' 4.3 WE-4 (U E -4 E-l '

0) C))

0

0~ z1~24z Il) A. M E-

0(n fn C-04

4) (at oU

4-i 40 i N 4

-100

0 E-'C004 02: '0C

0010E-4~

ca C

ID 2

Page 274: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE D-II (2 of 14)INTERMEDIATE STATE TRANSITION TABLES

State MachineMTR5

Input: GNTSTAT

I = Plan is predicted2 = Predicting3 = Not Predicted4 = Fatal error (SPARE)

5 = Non-fatal error (SPARE)

1 2 3 4 5

Mi MTR5 MTR5 MTR2 XXXX

A37 A45 A44 Ann Ann

State MachineMTR7

INPUT: GNTSAT

1-5 <see MTR5 >

1 2 3 4 5

M21 MTR7 MTR7 XXXX XXXX

A29 A45 A44 Ann Ann

D-22

Page 275: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE D-II (3 of 14)INTERMEDIATE STATE TRANSITION TABLES

State MachineMTR8

Input: FINBOMI = Finished bombing2 = Next target queued3 = Reattack

1 2 3

M21 M4 M4

A63 A64 A62

State MachineMTR9

Input: ENOUGH1 = Data insufficient2 = Data sufficient3=4=

1 2 3 4

M17 MTR2 NULL M17

0 A54 0 A107

D-23

Page 276: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE D-I (4 of 14)INTERMEDIATE STATE TRANSITION TABLES

State MachineMTR1 0

Input: THRPUTI = Sufficient data2 = No new data3 = Insufficient data

1 2 3

MTR13 M19 M19

A41 A28 0

State Machine

MTRI I

Input: JSTAT - The JTIDS status word managed by the CPC TRJTID.I = Threat2 = Target3 = Redirect4 = Urgent Redirect

1 2 3 4

Ml M3 LSTATE LSTATE

A51 A58 A52 A53

D-24

9

Page 277: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE D-II (5 of 14)INTERMEDIATE STATE TRANSITION TABLES

State MachineMTR13

Input: ONPROF question: 'Does Threat intersect the engagedplan?'>1 = Not on profile2 = On profile3 = Not ready

1 2 3

M21 MTR5 MTR13

A29 A42 A45

State MachineMTR14

Input: TGPUT - Status index of point insertion1 = New ID (or new L/L which generated new ID #)

.AND. sufficient data2 = Existing ID, no new data, point on engaged or

predicted profile

3 = Undefined4 = Existing ID, new data, not on a plan5 = Existing ID, no new data, not on a plan

6 = Insufficient data

1 2 3 4 5 6

M5 M16 0 M5 M27 MTR5

A56 A58 0 A56 A60 A95

D-25

- -- ~

Page 278: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE D-II (6 of 14)INTERMEDIATE STATE TRANSITION TABLES

State MachineMTR15

Input: PTPATH - Indicator of point type

1 = Non-designated point2 = Threat3 = M-GO?4 = Point on engaged or predicted profile

1 2 3 4

M27 M19 M21 M16

A60 A28 A34 A58

State MachineMTR18

Input: BLDDAT1 = TG ID selected, not on engaged or predicted

profile.2 = TG ID not selected3 = TG ID selected, point on engaged or predicted

profile.

1 2 3

M27 M4 M16

A60 0 A58

D-26

Page 279: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE D-II (7 of 14)INTERMEDIATE STATE TRANSITION TABLES

State Machine

MTR20

Input: RDZAT see LOC DD

1 2 3 4 5

M16 M27 M25 M26 M3

A74 A60 A75 A76 0

State MachineMTR21

Input: COUPIN - Couple pt. status1 = On engaged plan .and. a small change2 = On engaged plan but big change .or. off engaged

plan

1 2

MTR7 MTR23

A80 A78

D-27

-Vol A-

Page 280: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE D-II (8 of 14)INTERMEDIATE STATE TRANSITION TABLES

State MachineMTR22

INPUTS: RDZSEL1=2=3=4=5=6=7=

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

M21 MTR7 M21 MTR7 MTR7 MTR7 M3

A34 A68 A69 A70 A71 A72 0

State MachineMTR23

Input: GNTSAT< see MTR 5 >1 2 3 4 5

M3 MTR23 MTR23 M MA79 A45 A44 An n An n

D-28

Page 281: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE D-II (9 of 14)INTERMEDIATE STATE TRANSITION TABLES

State MachineMTR24

Input: ENOUGH1 = Insufficient2 = Sufficient3 = ??????

2 3

M25 MTR21 M3

0 A81 A82

D-29

TS

Page 282: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TAILL D-II (10 of 14)INTERMEDIATE STATE TRANSITION TABLES

State MachineMTR25

Input: COUPEX - Couple pt. existent flagI = Exists2 = Non-existent

1 2

M26 M5

A84 A56

State Machine

MTR26

Input: PTPLAN1 =2=

1 2

M24 M22

A24 A89

D-30

Page 283: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE D- II ( 11 of 14)INTERMiEDIATE STATE TRANSITION TABLES

State MachineMTR27

Input: NAVSEL1 = Nothing2 = Engaged3 = Predicted4 = Compute profile5 =Hold pattern6 =Pilot relief

1 2 3 4 5 6

Ml M21 M21 MTR7 MTR7 MTR7

0 A34 A94 A95 A97 A96

D- 31

Page 284: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE D-II (12 of 14)INTERMEDIATE STATE TRANSITION TABLES

State Machine

MTR28

Input: NAVDAT1 = Nothing2 = Stored profile3 = New plan

4 = Hold pattern5 = Pilot relief

1 2 3 4 5

MI M5 M5 M9 M7

0 A98 A99 A100 Al01

D-32

I~~ ~

Page 285: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE D-II (13 cf 14)INTERMEDIATE STATE TRANSITION TABLES

State MachineMTR30

Input: PLNACT1=

2=3=4 =

44

1 2 3 4

M21 MTR7 MTR5 M16

A34 A105 A106 0

D-33

Page 286: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

TABLE D-Il (14 of 14)INTERMEDIATE STATE TRANSITION TABLES

State MachineMTR3 1

Input: CPLEAT-I1=2=

4=5=

12 3 4 5

MTR2 M16 M16 M17 M5

A54 A58 A58 A58 0

State MachineMTR32

Input: XHRDAT-1=2=

1 2

M21 M27

A34 A60

-D-3A

Page 287: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

APPENDIX E

PILOT PRE- AND POST-FLIGHT QUESTIONNAIRES

E-1

Page 288: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

PRE-FLIGH T QUESTIONNAIRE

INTEGRATED AA

FLIGHT • SA

TRAJECTORYCONTROLSYSTEM

leg

FLIGHT DYNAMICS LABORATORY

Air Force Systems CommandDayton, Ohio

E-2

S---- ; -

Page 289: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

PRE-FL I GHT QUESTION NA I RE

A. GENERAL

NAME

DUTY PHONE DUTY STATION

CURRENT RESPONSIBILITIES

CURRENT FLIGHT STATUS

SPECIAL TRAINING

E-3

Page 290: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

SPECIFIC EXPERIENCE

1. HAVE YOU FLOWN AIRCRAFT EQUIPPED WITH A FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM1?

WHICH AIRCRAFT

HOW MANY HOURS

HOW DID YOU LIKE IT

2. HAVE YOU FLOWN AIRCRAFT EQUIPPED WITH A MAP DISPLAY

OR ELECTRONIC HORIZONTAL SITUATION DISPLAY ?

WHICH AIRCRAFT

HOW MANY HOURS

HOW DID YOU LIKE IT

3. HAVE YOU FLOWN AIRCRAFT EQUIPPED WITH A HEADS UP DISPLAY(HUD) ?

WHICH AIRCRAFT

E-4

Page 291: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

HOW MANY HOURS

HOW DID YOU LIKE IT

4. HAVE YOU FLOWN AIRCRAFT EQUIPPED WITH AN AREA NAVIGATION SYSTEM?

WHICH AIRCRAFT

HOW MANY HOURS

HOW DID YOU LIKE IT

5. ARE YOU FAMILIAR WITH THE JOINT TACTICAL INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION

SYSTEM (JTIDS) YES NO

IF YES, HOW WOULD YOU RESPOND TO A JTIDS MESSAGE -

A) ALERTING YOU TO A THREAT.

B) REQUIRING YOU TO DIVERT TO A NEW TARGET.

E-5

- q .- ' r '

"-- --.-. , --

Page 292: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

AD-AOO 704 LEAR SIKER tNC GRAND RAPIDS RICH DUSTAWINV DIV F/0 we5FEASISSLITI STUDY FOR INT4UTID FLIGHT TRAMECTOT CONTROL WFIG-4UlNON 79 S L C066511 L ADDIS. J R RIM P386IS-??-C-8020

W7UCI.ASSIFIC0D ia-001-0679 ARML-TR-79-3IS M

4.4 mhhhhh%IT

Page 293: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

C. TIME

1. WHAT ARE THE STEPS YOU GO THROUGH TO PLAN A TACTICAL MISSION AFTER

YOU HAVE BEEN TOLD OF YOUR OBJECTIVE?

2. HOW MUCH TIME DO YOU SPEND ON THE GROUND, PLANNING YOUR MISSION?

3. TIME OF ARRIVAL (TOA) IS MORE IMPORTANT (CRITICAL) TO SOME MISSIONS

THAN TO OTHERS. HOW LONG IS THE TIME WINDOW (EARLIEST ARRIVAL TIME

FOR MISSION SUCCESS MINUS LATEST ARRIVAL TIME FOR MISSION SUCCESS)

FOR THE FOLLOWING MISSION TYPES?

A) AIR TO GROUND WEAPON DELIVERY

B) RENDEZVOUS

C) RENDEZVOUS FOR AIR-TO-AIR REFUELING

D) CLOSE AIR SUPPORT

E) COMBAT AIR PATROL

E-6

Page 294: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

4. WHAT IS THE MOST TIME CRITICAL MISSION YOU ARE FAMILIAR WITH ?

A) WHAT ARE THE CONSEQUENCES OF BEING EARLY?

B) WHAT ARE THE CONSEQUENCES OF BEING LATE?

E-7

wig

Page 295: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

NOTIONS

DO YOU FEEL THAT A ONE MAN CREW CAN HANDLE THE WORKLOAD ASSOCIATE[.

WITH PILOTING A WEAPON DELIVERY AIRCRAFT IN A HOSTILE TACTICAL

ENVIRONMENT?

A) DURING VFR OPERATION

B) DURING NIGHT/ALL WEATHER OPERATION

HOW WOULD YOU BENEFIT FROM A SYSTEM THAT

A) COULD PROVIDE VERY ACCURATE, UP TO DATE TIME OF ARRIVAL (AT A

WAYPOINT OR TARGET) INFORMATION EVEN THOUGH YOU HAVE ENCOUNTERED

UNEXPECTED DIFFICULTIES

B) COMPUTED AN OPTIMUM THREE DIMENSIONAL FLIGHT PATH AND COMMANDED

SPEED FROM YOUR PRESENT POSITION TO A WAYPOINT OR TARGET EVEN

THOUGH YOU ARE MAKING EVASIVE MANEUVERS?

E-B

!If 'wI

Page 296: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

A SYSTEM THAT COMPUTES FOUR DIMENSIONAL PROFILES, PROVIDES PROFILE COMMAND

INFORMATION AND ACCURATELY PREDICTS TIME OF ARRIVAL (AT A WAYPOINT OR TARGET)

IN RESPONSE TO CHANGING THREATS AND EVASIVE MANEUVERS WOULD REDUCE PILOT

WORKLOAD IN TACTICAL SITUATIONS.

REQUIRED UNNECESSARY

EASY DIFFICULT

CLEAR CONFUSING

HELP HINDRANCE

SAFE DANGEROUS

ACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE

E-9

A k

Page 297: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

POST-FUGHT QUESTIONNAIRE

Mm 27. 120 IISINTEGRATEDFLIGHT C

TRAJECTORYCONTROL SsSYSTEM P.OPLIII ! 3 L

FLIGHT DYNAMICS LABORATORY

Air Force Systems CommandDayton, Ohio

E-10

I|

Page 298: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

POST FLIGHT QUESTIONNAIRE

You have just flown a simulation of a high performance aircraft performingair to ground weapon delivery in a hostile environment. Your simulatoraircraft was equipped with an advanced four dimensional navigation and tra-jectory generation system. We'd like to sample your reactions to the simu-

lation and to the system and we'd like to know how you think we can improveboth the simulation and the system. We may not have enough blanks for your

answers, so feel free to write on the back of these forms to expand any

answers.

NAME:

DATE:

E-11

_ *

Page 299: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

1. DID YOU FEEL THE SCENARIO PRESENTED WAS REALISTIC OF THOSE PROJECTED

BY OPERATIONAL COMMANDS? WHAT WOULD MAKE IT MORE REALISTIC?

2. WHAT DID YOU NOTICE MOST DURING THE FLIGHT?

3. WHICH DO YOU CONSIDER MOST IMPORTANT (CHECK ONE):

D MISSION ACCURACY

FD REDUCED WORKLOAD

-7 OTHER (SPECIFY)

4. WHAT DID YOU USE AS A JUDGE OF PERFORMANCE OF THE SYSTEM?

5. WHEN DID YOU FEEL COMFORTABLE WITH THE USE OF THE SYSTEM?

E-12

Page 300: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

6. GIVE YOUR ESTIMATE OF ADDITIONAL TRAINING TIME THAT WOULD BE REQUIRED IF

THIS SYSTEM WERE IMPLEMENTED IN A FIGHTER.

7. WHAT OPERATIONAL NEEDS DO YOU THINK A TRAJECTORY GENERATOR WILL SATISFY?

8. THE IFTC SYSTEM THAT COMPUTES FOUR DIMENSIONAL PROFILES, PROVIDES PROFILE

COMMAND AND ACCURATELY PREDICTS TIME OF ARRIVAL (AT A WAYPOINT OR TARGET) IN

RESPONSE TO CHANGING THREATS AND EVASIVE MANEUVERS WOULD REDUCE PILOT WORK-

LOAD IN TACTICAL SITUATIONS.

REQUIRED UNNECESSARY

EASY DIFFICULT

CLEAR CONFUSING

HELP HINDRANCE

SAFE DANGEROUS

ACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE

9. DO YOU FEEL THAT A ONE MAN CREW CAN HANDLE THE TACTICAL ENVIRONMENT WORK-

LOAD? EXPLAIN (I.E., WITH AUTOPILOT)

10. 00 YOU FEEL THAT THE 4D IFTR SYSTEM WOULD IMPROVE MISSION TIME OF ARRIVAL ACCURACY?

ignificant noimprovement improvement

E-13

A

Page 301: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

I DO YOU FEEL THAT THE 4D IFTC SYSTEM WOULD REDUCE MISSION PLANNING TIME?

significant; significantreductio increase

EXPLAIN:

12. DO YOU FEEL THAT THE THREAT AVOIDANCE FEATURE IS BENEFICIAL?

signi ficant nobenefi benefit

EXPLAIN:

13. DO YOU FEEL THAT THE CAPTURE PROFILE FEATURE IS BENEFICIAL?

significant nobenefit benefit

E-14

Af

Page 302: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

14. WHAT IS YOUR REACTION TO THE PROGRAMMED INTERACTION BETWEEN THE MODE

SELECTION, THE STATUS DISDLAY AND MAP DISPLAY?

15. WOULD THIS FEATURE (THE PROGRAMMED INTERACTION)REDUCE PILOT WORKLOAD?

signific-ntj noreductio1 reduction

16. RATE DIFFICULTY OF THE FOLLOWING:

A. BUILDING AND INSERTING THE FLIGHT PLAN

simple impose

B. CHANGING THE FLIGHT PLAN

simple ]impossibleC. OBTAINING PRESENT POSITION INFORMATION

simple impossible

D. DECIPHERING DATA LINK INFORMATION

simple I I- fimpossible

17. WAS THE INFORMATION SUPPLIED BY THE SPECIAL DATA PAGES INSUFFICIENT, SUFFICIENT

OR EXCESSIVE?

WHAT INFORMATION WAS MISSING?

E-15

.j

Page 303: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

WHAT INFORMATION WAS EXCESSIVE?

18. RATE THE DESIRABILITY OF THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR COMMANDS.

19. WHAT FUNCTIONS DO YOU FEEL NEED TO BE COUPLED WITH THE AUTOPILOT?

20. WERE THE ALTITUDE COMMANDS SUFFICIENT?

21. HOW READABLE WAS THE CRT MAP DISPLAY?

i E-16

Page 304: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

22. DO YOU FEEL THAT A PROJECTED MAP DISPLAY WOULD BE BENEFICIAL?

significant 11nobenefit benefit

23. WHAT IS YOUR FEELING ON A MAP DISPLAY?

required ]nt required

24. DO YOU FEEL THAT A HUD IS NEEDED/REQUIRED?

required not required

EXPLAIN:

25. WHAT IMPROVEMENT/CHANGES WOULD YOU LIKE TO SEE?

26. WHAT WOULD YOU LIKE TO RETAIN (WITH OR WITHOUT MODIFICATIONS)?

E-17

Page 305: q9#* STUDY Foot INTKIRATZD PLION? TRAJCTORY …ad-a o444 7 s" lgr sirw inc hran rapids rich in culmn w div p's q9#* f&asibiliti study foot intkiratzd plion? trajctory control (fno-ec(ui

27. WOULD ANY ADDITIONAL DISPLAYS BE USEFUL?

28. WOULD YOU LIKE TO REARRANGE THE INSTRUMENT PANEL LAYOUT?

29. DO YOU FEEL THAT THE INFORMATION PRESENTED ON THE VSD MODE IS BENEFICIAL?

significant notbenefit required

30. WHEN IS THE VSD MOST USEFUL?

31. DO YOU HAVE A DESIRED FORMAT FOR THE VSD?

E-I 1*U.S.Government Printing Office: 1980 - 657-094/422